Note : Les descriptions sont présentées dans la langue officielle dans laquelle elles ont été soumises.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
1
COMPOUNDS SPECIFIC TO
ADENOSINE Al, AZA, AND A3 RECEPTORS AND USES THEREOF
This application is a continuation-in-part and claims
priority of U.S. Serial Nos. 09/728,316, filed December l,
2000, 09/728,607, filed December 1, 2000, and 09/728,616,
filed December 1, 2000, each of which is hereby incorporated
by reference in its entirety.
Throughout this application, reference is made to compounds
that specifically bind to i) adenosine A1 receptors (such as
inter alia, pages 4-76, 130-175, and 257-287), ii) adenosine
AZa receptors (such as inter alia, pages 176-201, and pages
288-293), and adenosine A3 receptors (such as inter alia,
pages 202-256 and 294-300).
Background of the Invention
Adenosine is an ubiquitous modulator of numerous
physiological activities, particularly within the
cardiovascular and nervous systems. The effects of adenosine
appear to be mediated by specific cell surface receptor
proteins. Adenosine modulates diverse physiological
functions including induction of sedation, vasodilation,
suppression of cardiac rate and contractility, inhibition of
platelet aggregability, stimulation of gluconeogenesis and
inhibition of lipolysis. In addition to its effects on
adenylate cyclase, adenosine has been shown to open potassium
channels, reduce flux through calcium channels, and inhibit
or stimulate phosphoinositide turnover through receptor-
mediated mechanisms (See for example, C.E. Muller and B.
Stein "Adenosine Receptor Antagonists: Structures and
Potential Therapeutic Applications," Current Pharmaceutical
Design, 2:501 (1996) and C.E. Muller "A1-Adenosine Receptor
Antagonists, " Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents 7 (5) : 419 (1997) ) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
2
Adenosine receptors belong to the superfamily of purine
receptors which are currently subdivided into P1 (adenosine)
and P2 (ATP, ADP, and other nucleot~.des) receptors. Four
S receptor subtypes for the nucleoside adenosine have been
cloned so far from various species including humans. Two
receptor subtypes (A1 and A2a) exhibit affinity for adenosine
in the nanomolar range while two other known subtypes AZb and
A3 are low-affinity receptors, with affinity for adenosine in
the low-micromolar range. A1 and A3 adenosine receptor
activation can lead to an inhibition of adenylate cyclase
activity, while A2a and A2b activation causes a stimulation
of adenylate cyclase.
A few A1 antagonists have been developed for the treatment of
cognitive disease, renal failure, and cardiac arrhythmias.
It has been suggested that AZa antagonists may be beneficial
for patients suffering from Morbus Parkinson (Parkinson's
disease). Particularly in view of the potential for local
delivery, adenosine receptor antagonists may be valuable for
treatment of allergic inflammation and asthma. Available
information (for example, Nyce & Metzger "DNA antisense
Therapy for Asthma in an Animal Model" Nature (1997) 385:
721-5)indicates that in this pathophysiologic context, A1
antagonists may block contraction of smooth muscle underlying
respiratory epithelia, while A2b or A3 receptor antagonists
may block mast cell degranulation, mitigating the release of
histamine and other inflammatory mediators. A,b receptors
have been discovered throughout the gastrointestinal tract,
especially in the colon and the intestinal epithelia. It has
been suggested that A~b receptors mediate CAMP response
(Strohmeier et al., J. Bio. Chem. (1995) 270:2387-94).
Adenosine receptors have also been shown to exist on the
retinas of various mammalian species including bovine,
porcine, monkey, rat, guinea pig, mouse, rabbit and human
(See, Blazynski et al., Discrete Distributions of Adenosine
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
3
Receptors in Mammalian Retina, Journal of Neurochemistry,
volume 54, pages 648-655 (1990); Woods et al.,
Characterization of Adenosine A1-Receptor Binding Sites in
Bovine Retinal Membranes, Experimental Eye Research, volume
53, pages 325-331 (1991); and Braas et al., Endogenous
adenosine and adenosine receptors localized to ganglion cells
of the retina, Proceedings of the National Academy of
Science, volume 84, pages 3906-3910 (1987)). Recently,
Williams reported the observation of adenosine transport
sites in a cultured human retinal cell line (williams et al.,
Nucleoside Transport Sites in a Cultured Human Retinal Cell
Line Established By SV-40 T Antigen Gene, Current Eye
Research, volume 13, pages 109-118 (1994)).
Compounds which regulate the uptake of adenosine uptake have
previously been suggested as potential therapeutic agents for
the treatment of retinal and optic nerve head damage. In
U.S. Patent No. 5,780,450 to Shade, Shade discusses the use
of adenosine uptake inhibitors for treating eye disorders.
Shade does not disclose the use of specific A3 receptor
inhibitors. The entire contents of U.S. Patent No. 5,780,450
are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Additional adenosine receptor antagonists are needed as
pharmacological tools and are of considerable interest as
drugs for the above-referenced disease states and/or
conditions.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
4
Su~ary of the Invention
The present invention is based on compounds which se_ective'_w
bind to adenosine A_ receptor, thereby treating a disease
associated with Aa adenosine receptor in a subject by
administering to the subject a therapeutics=ly eFfective
amount of such compounds. The disease to be treated are
associated with cognitive disease, renal failure, cardiac
arrhy~thmias, respiratory epithelia, transmitter release,
sedation, vasoconstriction, bradycardia, negative cardiac
inotropy and dromotropy, branchoconstriction, neutropil
chemotaxis, reflex condition, or ulcerative condition.
The present invention is based, at least in part, vn the
discovery that certain N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines,
described infra, can be used to treat a N-6 substituted 7-
deazapurine responsive state. Examples of such states
include those in which the activity of the adenosine
receptors is increased, e.g., bronchitis, gastrointestinal
disorders, or asthma. These states can be characterized in
that adenosine receptor activation can lead to the inhibition
or stimulation of adenylate cyclase activity. Compositions
and methods of the invention include enantiomerically or
diastereomerically pure N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines.
Preferred N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines include those which
have an acetamide, carboxamide, substituted cyclohexyl, e.g.,
cyclohexanol, or a urea moiety attached to the N-6 nitrogen
through an alkylene chain.
The present invention pertains to methods for modulating an
adenosine receptors) in a mammal by administering to the
mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine, such that modulation of the
adenosine receptor's activity occurs. Suitable adenosine
receptors include the families of Al, A2, or A3. In a
preferred embodiment, the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine is a
adenosine receptor antagonist.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
The invention further pertains to methods for treating N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine disorders, e.g., asthma, bronchitis,
allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, renal
disorders, gastrointestinal disorders,~and eye disorders, in a
mammal by administering to the mammal a therapeutically
effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, such that
treatment of the disorder in the mammal occurs. Suitable N-6
substituted 7 deazapurines include those illustrated by the
general formula I:
R~~ iR2
N R
s
RS
r
R ~N~ N
3
Ra
(I)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. R1 and R2 are
each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety or together form
a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. R3 is a
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety.
Rq is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
aryl, or alkylaryl moiety. RS and R6 are each independently a
halogen atom, e.g., chlorine, fluorine, or bromine, a hydrogen
atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or
alkylaryl moiety, or RS is carboxyl, esters of carboxyl, or
carboxamides, or R9 and R5 or R5 and R6 together form a
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring.
In certain embodiments, Rl and R2 can each independently be a
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or heteroarylalkyl
moieties. In other embodiments, R3 is a hydrogen atom or a
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl moiety. In still
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
6
other embodiments, R~, R= and Rt can each be _naep=_..~.aer.tlv
heteroaryl moieties. In a p-e=e=red w y
ernbo~;me~ ~ , R1 a
hydrogen atom, RZ is a cyclohexanc_, e.a., t=a~s
cyclohexanol, R~ is phenyl, R~ is a ~hydroa_eatom., n. .s a
J
methyl group and R6 is a methyl group. I.~. s~i~i another
embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R~ is
O
NHMe
R3 is phenyl, R4 is a hydrogen atom and R5 and Rr are methyl
groups.
1~
The invention further pertains to pharmaceutical compositions
for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state
in a mammal, e.g., asthma, bronchitis, allergic rhinitis,
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, renal disorders,
gastrointestinal disorders, and eye disorders. The
pharmaceutical composition includes a therapeutically
effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also pertains to packaged
pharmaceutical compositions for treating a N-6 substituted 7-
deazapurine responsive state in a mammal. The packaged
pharmaceutical composition includes a container holding a
therapeutically effective amount of at least one N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine and instructions for using the N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine for treating a N-6 substituted 7-
deaz~purine responsive state in a mammal.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
7
The invention further pertains to compounds o~ 'o~nula I
wherein
R1 is hydrogen;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, su~st_tutec o.
unsubstituted alkyl, or R1 and R2 together form a s~,:bstituted
or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring;
R3 is unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rq is hydrogen; and
R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen or alkyl, and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The deazaDU_ines
of this embodiment may advantageously be selective A. receptor
antagonists. These compounds may be useful for numerous
therapeutic uses such as, for example, the treatment of
asthma, kidney failure associated with heart failure, and
1~ glaucoma. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the
deazapurine is a water soluble prodrug that is capable of
being metabolized in vivo to an active drug by, for example,
esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
In yet another embodiment, the invention features a method
for inhibiting the activity of an adenosine receptor (e. g.,
A~) in a cell, by contacting the cell with N-6 substituted 7-
deazapurine (e. g., preferably, an adenosine receptor
antagonist).
In another aspect, the invention features a method for
treating damage to the eye of an animal(e.g., a human) by
administering to the animal an effective amount of an N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine of formula I. Preferably, the N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine is an antagonist of A~ adenosine
receptors in cells of the animal. The damage is to the
retina or the optic nerve head and may be acute or chronic.
The .damage may be the result of, for example, glaucoma,
edema, ischemia, hypoxia or trauma.
3~
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
8
The invention also features a pharmaceutical composi~io::
comprising a N-6 substituted compound of formula I.
Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is an ophthalmic
formulation (e. g., an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular
injection formulation, a systemic formulation, or a surgical
irrigating solution).
In yet another embodiment, the invention features a compound
having the formula II:
R~~N/Rz
X Q-W
N
R3 N/ N \L
R4
(II)
wherein X is N or CR6; R1 and R_~ are each independently
hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy,
aminoalkyl, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl, or together form
a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,
provided that both R1 and Rz are both not hydrogen; R3 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, or aryl;
R9 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1- C6
alkyl; L is hydrogen, substituted or ~unsubstituted
alkyl, or RQ and L together form a substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring; R6 is
hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or
halogen; Q is CHZ, O, S, or NR~, wherein R~ is hydrogen
'or substituted or unsubstituted C1- C6 alkyl; and W is
unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl, substituted carbonyl,
substituted thiocarbonyl, or substituted sulfonyl;
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
9
provided that i' R, is pyrrolidinc, ther. z4 _s n'~
methyl. The inventic.~.~. also pe=rains to pra=-rnaceut_cailw
acceptable salts and prodruas c_ the cospo::::ds c=- .-.::_
invention.
In an advantageous embodiment, X is CRe and Q is C:i2, C, S, e.
NF: in formula II, wherein R~ is as defined above.
In another embodiment of formula II, X is N.
The invention further pertains to a method for ini:ibitinQ the
activity of an adenosine receptor (e. g., an A:b adenosine
receptor) in a cell by contacting the cell with a compound of
the invention. Preferably, the compound is an antagonist of
the receptor.
1~
The invention also pertains to a method for treating a
gastrointestinal disorder (e. g., diarrhea) or a respiratory
disorder (e. g., allergic rrinitis, chronic obstructive
pulmonary disease) in an animal by administering to an animal
an effective amount of a compound of formula II (e.g., an
antagonist of A,r). Preferably, the animal is a human.
This invention also features a compound having the structure:
NH-R~
N
Ar N N
H
IV
wherein R: is traps-4-hydroxy cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino
carbonylamino cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino carbonylamino
cyclohexyl, acetamido ethyl, or methylamino
carbonylamino ethyl;
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
wherein Ar is a substtuted o. unsubstitutec fc~.:_ to
membered ring.
In one embodiment of the compound, Ar is p:~e:~wl, pv_~=rc_~,
thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazoie, py=azc_e, I, ,4-
tr iazole , pyridine , 2 ( 1H) -pyridone, 4 ( 1H ) -pyr idone , pyr az _ne ,
pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole,
tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, be~.zofuran,
benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, _..-indole,
10 indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-benzodioxole, be~zoxazole,
purine, coumarin, chromone, quinoline, tetrahydroeuinoline,
isoquinoline, benzimidazole, ouinazoline, pyrido[2,3-
b] pyrazine, pyrido [3, 4-b] pyrazine, pyrido [3, 2-c] pyr idazine,
purido [ 3 , 4 -b] -pyridine , 1H-pyrazole [ 3 , 4 -d] pyr imidine ,
pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoQUinolone, 1,4-
benzisoxazine, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide,
isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-
oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, cinnoline, or having a
structure:
R2 \ \'
,,
Y
wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen;
wherein Rz and R.' are independently H, . substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
halogen, methoxy, methyl amino, or methyl thio; wherein
R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl
is -C(R~) (Ra)XR=, wherein X is 0, S, or NR6, wherein R~ and
3~ Re are each independently H or alkyl, wherein Rs and RE
are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R:, Re and
the nitrogen together form a substituted or
unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members;
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
11
wherein R4 is H, alkyl, substituted al kyl , cyc=oa=);wi ;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a ores=~c
derivative, or a biologically active metabolite; w_t::
the proviso that when R: is acetylamino ethyl, Ar ;s not
4-pyridyl.
This invention also pertains to a compound having the
structure:
HO~~~~~~I.
NH
1~
R~~N
V
Rz
wherein R. is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl;
wherein R. is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or
cycloalkyl; wherein R. is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said
substituted alkyl is -C (Re) (R7) NR:Rs, wherein RE and R
are each H or alkyl, wherein R; and Rsare each alkyl or
cycloal kyl, or R~ R. and the nitrogen together form a
ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
.
This invention also features a method for inhibiting the
activity of an A1 adenosine receptor in a cell, which
comprises contacting said cell with the above-mentioned
compounds.
3~
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
12
The features and other details of the inventio: k_11 now be
more particularly described and pointed ou~ i:. t ~e c_a~.~.a .
It will be understood that the particular embod_me::ts of the
invention are shown by way of illustration a..~.c not as
limitations of the invention. The principle featu:es of t!:~s
invention can be employed in various embodime.~..s without
departing from the scope of the invention.
The present invention pertains to methods for ~rea~i.~.Q a N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in a mamcr~al. '.'he
methods include administration of a therapeutically eFfective
amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, desc~;bed infra,
to the mammal, such that treatment of the N-6 substituted 7-
deazapurine responsive state in the mammal occurs.
The language "N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state"
is intended to include a disease state or condition
characterized by its responsiveness to treatment with a N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine of the invention as described
infra, e.g., the treatment includes a significant
diminishment of at least one symptom or effect of the state
achieved with a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine of the
invention. Typically such states are associated with an
increase of adenosine within a host such that the host often
experiences physiological symptoms which include, but are not
limited to, release of toxins, inflammation, coma, water
retention, weight gain or weight loss, .pancreatitis,
emphysema, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, multiple
organ failure, infant and adult respiratory distress
syndrome, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary
disease, eye disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, skin
tumor' promotion, immunodeficiency and asthma. (See for
example, C.E. Muller and B. Stein "Adenosine Receptor
Antagonists: Structures and Potential Therapeutic
Applications," Current Pharmaceutical Design, 2:501 (1996)
and C.E. Muller "A1-Adenosine Receptor Antagonists," Exp.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
13
Opin. They. Patents 7 (5) :419 (1997) and I. =eoktistove, _,.
Polosa, S. T. Hoigate and I ' '
Piaggyor._ "Ade.~.os_~e AZ
g
r eceptor s : a novel therapeutic tar ge t in as thma? " 'r'iPS 19 ;
148 (1998) ) . The effects often associates wiry suc'.~. svr~ctor~s
include, but are not limited to, fever, shortness o~ breat!:,
nausea, diarrhea, weakness, headache, and ever. dear=.
embodiment, a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive s~a~e
includes those disease states which are mediated bw
stimulation of adenosine receptors, e.g., A1, A~~, A,b, A;,
etc., such that calcium concentrations in cells and%e=
activation of PLC (phospholipase C) is modulates. Tn a
preferred embodiment, a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine
responsive state is associated with adenosine receptor(s),
e.g., the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine aces as an
1~ antagonist. Examples of suitable responsive states which can
be treated by the compounds of the invention, e.g., adenosine
receptor subtypes which mediate biological effects, include
central nervous system (CNS) effects, cardiovascular effects,
renal effects, respiratory effects, immunological effects,
gastro-intestinal effects and metabolic effects. The
relative amount of adenosine in a subject can be associated
with the effects listed below; that is increased levels of
adenosine can trigger an effect, e.g., an undesired
physiological response, e.g., an asthmatic attack.
CNS effects include decreased transmitter release (A1),
sedation (A1), decreased locomotor activity (A2a),
anticonvulsant activity, chemoreceptor stimulation (A2) and
hyperalgesia. Therapeutic applications of the inventive
compounds include treatment of dementia, Alzheimer's disease
and memory enhancement.
Cardiovascular effects include vasodilation (AZa) , (AZb) and
(A3), vasoconstriction (Al), bradycardia (Al), platelet
inhibition (A2a), negative cardiac inotropy and dromotropy
(A1), arrhythmia, tachycardia and angiogenesis. Therapeutic
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
14
applications of the inventive compounds include, fo: exa~:_c_=,
prevention of ischaemia-induced impa_rmen~ or she heart a
cardiotonics, myocardial tissue protection anc =estoratio::
of cardiac function.
Renal effects include decreased GFR (Al), mesan"_a_ cel;
contraction (A, ) , antidiuresis (A1 ) and inhibi tior. c. --enir.
release (Al). Suitable therapeutic applicatio:.s of the
inventive compounds include use of the inventive compounds as
diuretic, natriuretic, potassium-sparing, kidney-
protective/prevention of acute renal failure,
antihypertensive, anti-oedematous and anti-neph==tic agents.
Respiratory effects include bronchodilation (AZ),
1~ bronchoconstriction (A1), chronic obstructive pulmonary
disease, allergic rhinitis, mucus secretion and respiratory
depression (A2). Suitable therapeutic applications for the
compounds of the invention include anti-asthmatic
applications, treatment of lung disease after transplantation
and respiratory disorders.
Immunological effects include immunosuppression (A,),
neutrophil chemotaxis (A1), neutrophil superoxide generation
(A2a) and mast cell degranulation (A,b and A3) Therapeutic
applications of antagonists include allergic and non allergic
inflammation, e.g., release of histamine and other
inflammatory mediators.
Gastrointestinal effects include inhibition of acid secretion
(A1) therapeutic application may include reflex and ulcerative
conditions Gastrointestinal effects also include colonic,
intestinal and diarrhea) disease, e.g., diarrhea) disease
associated with intestinal inflammation (A=p).
Eye disorders include retinal and optic nerve head injury and
trauma related disorders )A,). In a preferred embodiment, the
eye disorder is glaucoma.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
Other therapeutic applications o. the compouns cf th_
invention include treatment of obesity (lioc,z'.L_~
properties), hypertension, treatment c. deb=essio:., sedative,
anxiolytic, as antileptics and as laxa~_ves, e.g., effecting_
motility without causing diarrhea. '
The term "disease state" is intended to include those
conditions caused by or associated with unwanted levels o--__
adenosine, adenylyl cyclase activity, increased physiological
10 activity associated with aberrant stimulation o. adenosine
receptors and/or an increase in cAMP. In one embodiment, the
disease state is, for example, asthma, chronic obstructive
pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, broncritis, renal
disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, or eye disorders.
l~ Additional examples include chronic bronchitis and cystic
fibrosis. Suitable examples of inflammatory diseases include
non-lymphocytic leukemia, myocardial ischaemia, angina,
infarction, cerebrovascular ischaemia, intermittent
claudication, critical limb ischemia, venous hypertension,
varicose veins, venous ulceration and arteriosclerosis.
Impaired reperfusion states include, for example, any post-
surgical trauma, such as reconstructive surgery, thrombolysis
or angioplasty.
2~ The language "treatment of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine
responsive state" or "treating a N-6 substituted 7-
deazapurine responsive state" is intended to include changes
in a disease state or condition, as described above, such
that physiological symptoms in a mammal can be~significantly
diminished or minimized. The language also includes control,
prevention or inhibition of physiological symptoms or effects
associated with an aberrant amount of adenosine. In one
preferred embodiment, the control of the disease state or
condition is such that the disease state or condition is
eradicated. In another preferred embodiment, the control is
selective such that aberrant levels of adenosine receptor
activity are controlled while other physiologic systems and
parameters are unaffected.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
16
The term "N-6 subst_tt:ted 7-deazapurine" is arc rec - .~ze~
and is intended to include hose compounds ha~-_na ~h~ ..,.-:u?a
I:
R'\N/R2
N-6 ---~ Rs "7 deaza site"
N
Rs
R N~ N
.
(I)
1~
"N-substituted 7-deazapurine" includes pharmaceutically
acceptable salts thereof, and, in one embodiment, also
includes certain N-6 substituted purines described herein.
In certain embodiments, the N-6 substituted 7-deazaDUrine is
not N-6 benzyl or N-6 phenylethyl substituted. In other
embodiments, R~ is not benzyl or phenylethyl substituted. In
preferred embodiments, R1 and R2 are both not hydrogen atoms.
In still other preferred embodiments, R3 is not a hydrogen
atom.
The language "therapeutically effective amount" of an N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine, described infra, is that amount of
a therapeutic compound necessary or sufficient to perfozzn its
intended function within a mammal, e.g.; treat a N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state, or a disease
state in a mammal. An effective amount of the therapeutic
compound can vary according to factors such as the amount of
the causative agent already present in the mammal,~the age,
sex, and weight of the mammal, and the ability of the
therapeutic compounds of the present invention to affect a N-
6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in the mammal.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
17
One cf ordinary skip in the ar t would be able tc stu3v t::=
aforementioned factors and make a determination r~ca_d:nc
effective amount o. the therapeutic compound without undue
experimentation. An in vitro or in vivc assaw a_sc car. b=
used to determine an "effective amount" o' the tzeraoe~.:tic
compounds described infra. The ordinarily skilled art=sa::
would select an appropriate amount of the th~raD_eutic
compound for use in the aforementioned assay or as a
therapeutic treatment.
A therapeutically effective amount preferably diminishes at
least one symptom or effect associated with the N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state or condit;on being
treated by at least about 20%, (more preferably by at least
1 ~ about 4 0 % , even more preferably by at least about 6 0 % , and
still more preferably by at least about 80%) relative to
untreated subjects. Assays can be designed by one skilled in
the art to measure the diminishment of such symptoms and/or
effects. Any art recognized assay capable of measuring such
30 parameters are intended to be included as part of this
invention. For example, if asthma is the state being
treated, then the volume of air expended from the lungs of a
subject can be measured before and after treatment for
measurement of increase in the volume using an art recognized
25 technique. Likewise, if inflammation is the state being
treated, then the area which is inflamed can be measured
before and after treatment for measurement of diminishment in
the area inflamed using an art recognized technique.
30 The term "cell" includes both prokaryotic .and eukaryotic
cells.
The .term "animal" includes any organism with adenosine
receptors or any organism susceptible to a N-6-substituted 7-
35 deazapurine responsive state. Examples of animals include
yeast, mammals, reptiles, and birds. It also includes
transgenic animals.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
18
The term "mammal" is art =ecognized and is _..te:.de~ t~
include an animal, more preferably a warm-blooded an_r"a_,
most preferably cattle, sheep, pins, horses, dons, ;.ats,
rats, mice, and humans. Mammals susceptible tc a N-o
substituted 7-deazapurine responsive' state, ir.~' ammatio::,
emphysema, asthma, central nervous system cor.~_~=ons, c~
acute respiratory distress syndrome, for example, are
included as part of this invention.
In another aspect, the present invention pertains to methods
for modulating an adenosine receptors) in a mammal by
administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective
amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, such that
modulation of the adenosine receptor in the mammal occurs.
Suitable adenosine receptors include the families of A1, A~,
or A,. In a preferred embodiment, the N-6 substituted 7-
deazapurine is an adenosine receptor antagonist.
The language "modulating an adenosine receptor" is intended
to include those instances where a compound interacts with
an adenosine receptor(s), causing increased, decreased or
abnormal physiological activity associated with an adenosine
receptor or subsequent cascade effects resulting from the
modulation of the adenosine receptor. Physiological
activities associated with adenosine receptors include
induction of sedation, vasodilation, suppression of cardiac
rate and contractility, inhibition of platelet aggregbility,
stimulation of gluconeogenesis, inhibition of lipolysis,
opening of potassium channels, reducing flux of calcium
channels, etc.
The terms "modulate", "modulating" and "modulation" are
intended to include preventing, eradicating, or inhibiting
the resulting increase of undesired physiological activity
associated with abnormal stimulation of an adenosine
receptor, e.g., in the context of the therapeutic methods of
the invention. In another embodiment, the term modulate
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
19
includes antagonistic effects, e.g., dimirishme.~.~ c. ~h_
activity or production of mediators of allerg}~ any alter=~_
inflammation which results from the overstimu~a~ior. c=
adenosine. receptor(s). For example, the she=aDe~tc
S deazapurines of the invention can interact wi~r ar. aae.~.os_ne
receptor to inhibit, for example, adenylate cyc~ase ac~i~-ity.
The language "condition characterized by aberrant adenosine
receptor activity" is intended to include those diseases,
disorders or conditions which are associated with aber=ant
stimulation of an adenosine receptor, in that the s~imulatior.
of the receptor causes a biochemical and or physiological
chain of events that is directly or indirectly associated
with the disease, disorder or condition. This stimulation of
1~ an adenosine receptor does not have to be the sole causative
agent of the disease, disorder or condition but merely be
responsible for causing some of the symptoms typically
associated with the disease, disorder, or condition being
treated. The aberrant stimulation of the receptor can be the
sole factor or at least one other agent can be involved in
the state being treated. Examples of conditions include
those disease states listed 'supra, including inflammation,
gastrointestinal disorders and those symptoms manifested by
the presence of increased adenosine receptor activity.
Preferred examples include those symptoms associated with
asthma, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary
disease, emphysema, bronchitis, gastrointestinal disorders
and glaucoma.
The language "treating or treatment of a condition
characterized by aberrant adenosine receptor activity" is
intended to include the alleviation of or diminishment of at
least one symptom typically associated with the condition.
The treatment also includes alleviation or dimini$hment of
more than one symptom. Preferably, the treatment cures,
e.g., substantially eliminates, the symptoms associated with
the condition.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
The present invention per;.ains to compounds, N-6 subs=_t~~e3
7-deazapurines, having the formula I:
R'\ / R2
Rs
N~ \
10 R3 N N
Ra
(I)
wherein R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen atom
1~ or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or
alkylaryl moiety or together form a substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; R3 is a hydrogen atom
or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or
alkylaryl moiety; Rq is a hydrogen atom or a substituted
20 or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety. R5
and R6 are each independently a halogen atom, e.g.,
chlorine, fluorine, or bromine, a hydrogen atom or a
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl
moiety or Rq and R5 or RS and R6 together form a
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic
ring. Also included, are pharmaceutically acceptable
salts of the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines.
In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 can each independently be
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or heteroarylalkyl
moieties. In other embodiments, R3 is a hydrogen atom or a
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl moiety. In still
other~embodiments, Rq, RS and R6 can each be independently a
heteroaryl moiety.
In one embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R2 is a substituted
or unsubstituted cyclohexane, cyclopentyl, cyclobutyl or
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
21
cyclopropane moiety, R3 is a substituted or urs::bst_t::te~
phenyl moiety, Rq is a hydrogen atom and R: and F~5 are .".~..
methyl groups.
In another embodiment, R2 is ' a cyclohexa.~.ol, a
cyclohexanediol, a cyclohexylsulfonamide, a cycichexanam_de,
a cyclohexylester, a cyclohexene, a cyclopentano'_ o. a
cyclopentanediol and R3 is a phenyl moiety.
In still another embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R2 is a
cyclohexanol, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,
pyridine, furan, cyclopentane, or thiophene moiety, Rq is a
hydrogen atom, a substituted alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl moiety,
and RS and R6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a
1~ substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl
moiety.
In yet another embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R2 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkylamine, arylamine, or
alkylarylamine, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamide,
arylamide or alkylarylamide, a substituted or unsubstituted
alkylsulfonamide, arylsulfonamide or alkylarylsulfonamide, a
substituted or unsubstituted alkylurea, arylurea or
alkylarylurea, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbamate,
arylcarbamate or alkylarylcarbamate, a substituted or
unsubstituted alkylcarboxylic acid, arylcarboxylic acid or
alkylarylcarboxylic acid, R3 is a substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl moiety, Rq is a hydrogen atom and R5 and
R6 are methyl groups.
In still another embodiment, R2' is guanidine, a modified
guanidine, cyanoguanidine, a thiourea, a thioamide or an
amidine.
is
In one embodiment , R2 can be N_ / R2d
Ri, Rxc
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
22
wherein R2a-R2c are each independently a hydroQer. atom cr a
saturated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl or alkylary_ moiety anc
R2d is a hydrogen atom or a saturated or unsaturated alkyl,
aryl, or alkylaryl moiety, NR2eR~f, or OR2c, where_r. R=E-R2c
are each independently a hydrogen atom or a sa~::rated or
unsaturated alkyl, aryl or alkylaryl moieties.
Alternatively, R2a and R2b together can form a carbocyclic or
heterocyclic ring having a ring size between about 3 and 6
members, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl groups.
In one aspect of the invention, both RS and R6 are not methyl
groups, preferably, one of RS and R6 is an alkyl group, e.g.,
a methyl group, and the other is a hydrogen atom.
In another aspect of the invention, when Rq is 1-phenylethyl
and R1 is a hydrogen atom, then R3 is not phenyl, 2-
chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4-
dichlorophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl or 4-methoxyphenyl or when Rq
and R1 are 1-phenylethyl, then R3 is not a hydrogen atom or
when Rq is a hydrogen atom and R3 is a phenyl, then R1 is not
phenylethyl.
In another aspect of the invention, when RS and R6 together
form a carbocyclic ring, e.g.,
N
N\
~, r
R~ N N
or pyrimido(4,5-6]indole, then R3 is not phenyl when Rq is 1-
(4-methylphenyl)ethyl, phenylisopropyl, phenyl or 1-
phenylethyl or when R3 is not a hydrogen atom when~Rq is 1-
phenylethyl. The carbocyclic ring formed by RS and R6 can be
either aromatic or aliphatic and can have between 4 and 12
carbon atoms, e.g., naphthyl, phenylcyclohexyl, etc.,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
23
preferably between 5 and 7 carbon atoms, e.g., cycl:,centw; cr
cyclohexyl. Alternatively, R~ and R~ together ca:: fc_;:, a
heterocyclic ring, such as those disclosed below. Typical
heterocyclic rings include between 4 and I2 carbon atoms,
S preferably between S and 7 carbon atoms, and ca:: be either
aromatic or aliphatic. The heterocyclic ring ca:. be r~~r~he_
substituted, including substitution of one or mc=a carbo~
atoms of the ring structure with one or more hete_oatoms.
In still another aspect of the invention, R1 and R;, form a
heterocyclic ring. Representative examples include,-but are
not limited to, those heterocyclic rings listed below, such
as morpholino, piperazine and the like, e.g., 4
hydroxypiperidines, 4-aminopiperidines. Where R, and R..
together form a piperazino group,
R~
N
N
l
wherein R~ can be a hydrogen atom or a substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, aryl or alkylaryl moiety.
In yet another aspect of the invention Rq and R5 together can
form a heterocyclic ring, e.g.,
R~~N~R1
R6
N
/~ /
R~ N
wherein the heterocyclic ring can be either aromatic or
aliphatic and can form a ring having between 4 and 12 carbon
atoms, e.g., naphthyl, phenylcyclohexyl, etc. and can be
either aromatic or aliphatic, e.g., cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
24
The heterocyclic ring can be fu_ther substituted, ir,~_u~z::~
substitution of carbon atoms of the ring structure wits c-:e
or more heteroatoms. Alternatively, R~ and R~ together ca-
form a heterocyclic ring, such as those disclosed below.
In certain embodiments, the N-6 substituted 7-deazao_::r_ne is
not N-6 benzyl or N-6 phenylethyl substituted. 'n other
embodiments, R4 is not benzyl or phenylethyl substituted. Ir.
preferred embodiments, R1 and R2 are both not hydroa_er. atoms.
In still other preferred embodiments, R3 is not F:.
The compounds of the invention may comprise water-soluble
prodrugs which are described in WO 99/33815, International
Application No. PCT/US98/04595, filed March 9, 1998 and
1~ published July 8, 1999. The entire content of WO 99/33815 is
expressly incorporated herein by reference. The water-
soluble prodrugs are metabolized in vivo to an active drug,
e.g., by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis. Examples of
potential prodrugs include deazapurines with, for example, R2
as cycloalkyl substituted with -OC(O)(Z)NH2, wherein Z is a
side chain of a naturally or unnaturally occurring amino
acid, or analog thereof, an a, Q, Y, or c~ amino acids, or a
dipeptide. Preferred amino acid side chains include those of
glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, lysine, a-
methylalanine, aminocyclopropane carboxylic acid, azetidine-
2-carboxylic acid, a-alanine, Y-aminobutyric acid, alanine-
alanine, or glycine-alanine.
In a further embodiment, the invention features deazapurines
of the formula (I), wherein R1 is hydrogen; R~ is substituted
or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, or R1 and R2 together form a substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; R3 is unsubstituted or
substituted aryl; R4 is hydrogen; and R5 and R6.are each
independently hydrogen or alkyl, and pharmaceutically
acceptable salts thereof. The deazapurines of this
embodiment may potentially be selective A; receptor
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
antagonists.
In one embodiment , R2 is subs tituted ( a . ,: . , :nyc= ~xw
substituted) or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In ar. adva:.taceous
~ subembodiment, R, and Rq are hydrogen, R~ is u.~.s~.:bstitute,: c_
substituted phenyl, and R5 and R6 are each alkyl. P=eferab_y
R2 is mono-hydroxycyclopentyl or mono-hydroxycyclohexvl. R'
also may be substituted with -NH-C(=0)E, wherein E ~s
substituted or unsubstituted C1-Cq alkyl (e.g., a?kylar;.ine,
10 e.g., ethylamine.).
R1 and R2 may also together form a substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, which may be substituted
with an amine or acetamido group.
In another aspect, R~ may be -A-NFiC(=O)B, wherein A is
unsubstituted C1-CQ alkyl (e.g., ethyl, propyl, butyl), and B
is substituted or unsubstituted C;-C4 alkyl (e. g., methyl,
aminoalkyl, e.g., aminomethyl or aminoethyl, alkylamino,
e.g., methylamino, ethylamino), preferably when Rl and Rq are
hydrogen, R3 is unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, and R5
and R6 are each alkyl. B may be substituted or unsubstituted
cycloalkyl, e.g., cyclopropyl or 1-amino-cyclopropyl.
In another embodiment, R3 may be substituted or unsubstituted
phenyl, preferably when RS and R6 are each alkyl.
Preferably, R3 may have one or more substituents (e.g., o-,
m- or p- chlorophenyl, o-, m- or p- fluorophenyl).
Advantageously, R3 may be substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, preferably when Rg and R6 are each alkyl.
Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyrimidyl,
pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, thioazolyl,
oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, furanyl, methylenedioxyphenyl and
thiophenyl. Preferably, R3 is 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-
pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl or 3- pyrimidyl.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
26
Preferably in one embodiment, R, and Ro are eacW -d=c~e_-..
In another, R6 and Rd are each methyl.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, ~he deazapu~ines e~
~ the invention are water-soluble prodrugs ~ha~ cap be
metabolized in vivo to an active drug, e.g. bw es~e=ase
catalyzed hydrolysis. Preferably the prodrug comp=ises a.~. R~
group which is cycloalkyl substituted with -OC(O?(Z)NH-,,
wherein Z is a side chain of a naturally o~ unnaturally
occurring amino acid, an analog thereof, an a, :, ~~, o.
amino acid, or a dipeptide. Examples of preferred side
chains include the side chains of glycine, alanin~, valine,
leucine, isoleucine, lysine, a-methylalanine,
aminocyclopropane carboxylic acid, azetidine-2-carboxylic
l~ acid, Q-alanine, Y-aminobutyric acid, alanine-alanine, or
glycine-alanine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, Z is a side chain of
glycine, R2 is cyclohexyl, R3 is phenyl, and R5 and R6 are
methyl.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(cis-3-
hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo
(2,3d]pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(cis-3-(2-
aminoacetoxy) cyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo(2,3d] pyrimidine trifluoroacetic acid~salt.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(3-
acetamido)piperidinyl-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-N'-
methylureapropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
27
In another embo3=ment, the deazapurine .s :~-;I
acetamidobutyl)amino-~,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyr=c_o;I,3d:
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment , the dea~zapur ine i= .~ - ( ~ -r" -
methylureabutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyr=c_o(2,3d)
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(~
aminocyclopropylacetamidoethyl)amino-2-phenyl-7'r.'-pyrrolo
[2,3d]pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(traps-4
hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(traps-4-
hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(traps-4-
hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(4-pyridyl)~-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
2~ In yet another embodiment, the invention features a method
for inhibiting the activity of an adenosine receptor (e. g.,
A:, A_;,, A=e, or, preferably, A,) in a cell, by~ contacting the
cell with N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine (e.g., preferably, an
adenosine receptor antagonist).
In another aspect, the invention features a method for
treating damage to the eye of an animal(e.g., a human) by
administering to the animal an effective amount .of an N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine. Preferably, the N-6 substituted
7-deazapurine is an antagonist of A: adenosine receptors in
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
28
cells of the animal. The damage is to the ret_na c. t~=
optic nerve head and may be acute or chronic. The damage r,~aw
be the result of, for example, glaucoma, edema, ische~:_a,
hypoxia or trauma.
In a preferred embodiment, the invention =ea_;:res a
deazapurine having the formula II, suara, wherein. ~; is r e_-
CR6; R1 and R= are each independently hydrogen, o. substituted
or unsubstituted alkoxy, aminoalkyl, alkyl, aryl, or
alkylaryl, or together form a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic ring, provided that both R1 and R: are both not
hydrogen; R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl,
or aryl; R4 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C.
alkyl; L is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or
1~ R4 and L together form a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring; R6 is hydrogen, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl, or halogen; Q .is CHI, 0, S, or NR~,
wherein R, is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6
alkyl; and W is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
cycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl,
substituted carbonyl, substituted thiocarbonyl, or
substituted sulfonyl, provided that if R3 is pyrrolidino, then
Rq is not methyl.
In one embodiment, in compounds of formula II, X is CR6 and
Q is CH,, 0, S, or NH. In another embodiment, X is N.
In a further embodiment of compounds of formula II, W is
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, 5- or 6- member
heteroaryl, or biaryl. W may be substituted with one or more
substituents. Examples of substituents include: halogen,
hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, aminoalkyl, aminocarboxyamide, CN,
CF3 , . C02R8 , CONHRB , CONRBR9 , SORB , SORB , and SO~NRoR9 , where in
RB and Ro are each independently hydrogen, or substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
Preferably, W may be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,
e.g., methylenedioxyphenyl. W also may be a substituted or
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
29
unsubstituted 5-membered he~eroa=-yl ring, e.a., pyrro;e,
pyrazole, oxazole, imidazoie, triazole, ~etrazcle, ~Lran,
thiophene, thiazole, and oxadiazoie. Preferably, 4. may be a
6-member - heteroaryl r ing, e. g. , . pyr idy l , pvr imidyl ,
pyridazinyl, pyrazinal, and thiophenyl. I:: a _re'erred
embodiment, W is 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pwridyl, '?-
pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, or 5-pyrimidyl.
In one advantageous embodiment of compounds or formula i_, Q
is NH and W is a 3-pyrazolo ring which is unsubsti~u~ed or N-
substituted by substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
In another embodiment of compounds of formula iI, Q is
1~ oxygen, and W is a 2-thiazolo ring which is unsubstituted or
substituted by substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
In~ another embodiment of compounds of formula II, W is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl e.g:,
cyclopentyl, or arylalkyl. Examples of substituents include
halogen, hydroxy , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or NHRlo, wherein Rlo is
hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl,
aryl, or arylalkyl.
In yet another embodiment, the invention features a
deazapurine of formula II wherein W is -(CH.)a-C(=O)Y or
- (CH,) s-C (=S) Y, and a is an integer from 0 to 3, Y is aryl,
alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkynyl, NI3R11Ri2~
or, provided that Q is NH, OR13 , wherein R11, R1= and R13 are
each independently hydrogen, or unsubstituted or substituted
alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkyl. Preferably, Y is a 5-
or 6- member heteroaryl ring.
3~
Furthermore, W may be -(CH:)r-S(=0)JY, wherein j is 1 or 2, b
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
is 0, 1, 2, or 3, Y is aryl, alkyl, arylalkyl, cv~ioaikmi,
al kynyl , heter oa=-yl , N'rIRl~Ri; , provided that when r . _ ,
CFil, , and wherein R14, R,;, and R:6 are each .naepende.~.t~w
hydrogen, or unsubstituted or substituted aikvl, ar~_~',
5 arylalkyl, or cycloalkyl.
In another embodiment, R, is selected from the crow
consisting of substituted and unsubstituted phenyl, pyridy;,
pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinal, pyrrolyl, ~riazolyl,
10 thioazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, ~uranyl,
methylenedioxyphenyl, and thiophenyl. When R: is phenyl, it
may be substituted with, for example, hydroxyl, alkoxy (e. g.,
methoxy), alkyl (e.g., tolyl), and halogen,(e.g., c-, m-, or
p- fluorophenyl or o-, m-, or p- chlorophenyl).
1~ Advantageously, R, may be 2-, 3-, or 4- pyridyl or 2- or 3-
pyrimidyl.
The invention also pertains to a deazapurine wherein R6 is
hydrogen or C1-C; alkyl. Preferably, R6 is hydrogen.
The invention also includes deazapurines wherein R1 is
hydrogen, and R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or
alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamine, arylamine,
or alkylarylamine, substituted or unsubstituted aminoalkyl,
amino aryl, or aminoalkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylamide, arylamide or alkylarylamide, substituted or
unsubstituted alkylsulfonamide, arylsulfonamide or
alkylarylsulfonamide, substituted or unsubstituted alkylurea,
arylurea or alkylarylurea, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylcarbamate, arylcarbamate or alkylary3carbamate, or
substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarboxylic acid,
arylcarboxylic acid or alkylarylcarboxylic acid.
Preferably, R~ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
e.g., mono- or dihydroxy-substituted cyclohexyl or
cyclopentyl (preferably, monohydroxy-substituted cyclohexyl
or monohydroxy-substituted cyclopentyl).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
31
Advantageously, Rz may be o. the following for-mu;a:
0 0
A '
J ~ B or A'
O
Ri7
wherein A is Cl-C~ alkyl, C;-C~ cycloalkyl, a chair. o~ one ~o
seven atoms, or a ring of three to seven atoms, optionali~~
substituted with Cl-C~ alkyl, halogens, hydroxyl, carboxyl,
thiol, or amino groups; wherein B is methyl, N(Me)I, N(Et)2,
NHMe , NHEt , ( CH, ) :NH3+ , NH ( CHZ ) ; CH3 , ( CH, ) : NH, , ( CHI ) :
CHCH,NH~ ,
(CH2):NHMe, (CH~)rOH, CH:CN, (CH~)nCO,H, CHRIgR,o, or. - CHMeOH,
wherein r is an integer from 0 to 2, m is 1 or 2, R13 is
1~ alkyl, R:~ is NH:+ or CO,H or Rle and Rlo together are:
CH NH---
(CHZ)P
wherein p is 2 or 3 ; and R1~ is Ci-Co alkyl ,
cycloalkyl, a chain of one to seven atoms, or a ring of
three to seven atoms, optionally substituted with C1-Cp
alkyl, halogens, hydroxyl, carboxyl, thiol, or amino
groups.
Advantageously, A is unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl.
B may be unsubstituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl.
In a preferred embodiment, R, is of the formula -A-- NFiC(=O)B.
In a particularly advantageous embodiment, A is -CH,CFi2- and
B is methyl. ' '
The compounds of the invention may comprise water-soluble
prodrugs which are metabolized in vivo to an active drug,
e.g., by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis. Examples of
potential prodrugs include deazapurines with, for example, R2
as cycloalkyl substituted with -OC(0)(Z)NH2, wherein Z is a
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
32
side chain of a naturally or unnaturally occ~ur_ing a.;.i.~.c
acid, or analog thereof , an a, G , ~~, or c.~ amino acid, c. a
dipeptide. Preferred amino acid side chains ;nc_ude those cf
glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, lysine, a-
methylalanine, aminocyclopropane carboxylic acid, aze~id_ne-
2-carboxylic acid, Q-alanine, Y-aminobutyric aci;:, alarine-
alanine, or glycine-alanine.
In another embodiment, R: and R, together are:
~n
N
wherein n is 1 or 2, and wherein the ring may be optionally
substituted with one or more hydroxyl, amino, thiol,
carboxyl, halogen, CH20H, CH~NFiC(=O)alkyl, or
C~#~NHC (=O) NHalkyl groups . Preferably, n is 1 or 2 and said
ring is substituted with -NHC(=O)alkyl.
In one advantageous embodiment, R1 is hydrogen, R, is
substituted or unsubstituted C_,-Co alkyl, R3 is substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl, R4 is hydrogen, L is hydrogen or
substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, Q is 0, S or NR~,
wherein R? is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C;-C6
alkyl, and W is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
Preferably, RZ is -A-NHC(=0)B, wherein A and B are each
independently unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 alkyl. For
example, A may be CH~CH;. B may be, for example, alkyl (e. g.,
methyl), or aminoalkyl (e.g., aminomethyl). Preferably, R3
is unsubstituted.phenyl and L is hydrogen. R6 may be methyl
or preferably, hydrogen. Preferably, Q is O, S, or NR~
wherein R~ is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1- C6
alkyl, e.9., methyl. W is unsubstituted or substituted
phenyl (e.g., alkoxy, halogen substituted). Preferably, W is
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
33
p-f 1 uorophenyl , p-chlor ophenyl , or p-methoxypheny_ . H ;-aw
also be heteroa:-yl, e.g., 2-pyridyl.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapu__ne _s ~_
(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-phenoxymethyl-a-phenyl-7F:-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapu=ine is ~
(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)methyl-2
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(4-chlorophenoxy)methyl-2-
phenyl- 7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine.
1~
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-
(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl-2-
phenyl - 7H-pyrrolo [ 2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-
(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(2-pyridyloxy)methyl-2-phenyl-
7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4
(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(N-phenylamino)methyl-2-phenyl
7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4
(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(N-methyl-N-phenylamino)methyl
2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-
(2-N'-methylureaethyl) amino-6-phenoxymethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
The invention further pertains to a method for inhibiting the
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
34
activity of an adenosine receptor (e.g., an A~ adeaosi~e
receptor) in a cell by contacting the cell witi: a cor"~ou:.~ c~
the invention. Preferably, the compound is an ar.~aaonis~ o.
the receptor.
The invention also pertains to a method for ~r~atina_ a
gastrointestinal disorder (e.g., diarrhea) in gr. a..~.ima'_ b~~
administering to an animal an effective amount of a comDOUnd
of the invention (e.g., an antagonist of A~b) . P=eferably,
the animal is a human.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a
pharmaceutical composition containing an N-6 substituted '7
deazapurine of the invention and a pharmaceutically
acceptable carrier.
The invention also pertains to a method for treating a N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in an animal, by
administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount
of a deazapurine of the invention, such that treatment of a
N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in the animal
occurs. Advantageously, the disease state may be a disorder
mediated by adenosine. Examples of preferred disease states
include: central nervous system disorders, cardiovascular
disorders, renal disorders, inflammatory disorders, allergic
disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, eye disorders, and
respiratory disorders.
The term "alkyl" refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic
groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain
alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl
substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted
alkyl groups. The term alkyl further includes alkyl groups,
which can further include oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or
phosphorous atoms replacing one or more carbons of the
hydrocarbon backbone, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or
phosphorous atoms. In preferred embodiments, a straight
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbo~ m oms .a
its backbone (e.g., C_-C3~, for straight chaff.~., C3-C~~ fcr
branched chain), and more preferably 20 0. fewe_. ~ik~w=se,
preferred cycloalkyls have from 4-10 carbon atoms in ~hei:
5 ring structure, and more preferably have 5, o o. 7 carbons '~
the ring structure.
Moreover, the term alkyl as used throughout the spec_ficatior.
and claims is intended to include both "unsubstituted alkvi~'~
10 and "substituted alkyls", the latter of which refers to alkyl
moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or
more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents
can include, for example, halogen, hydroxyl,
alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy,
1~ aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl,
phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including
alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and
alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino,
20 arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino,
sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates,
sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl,
cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or
heteroaromatic moiety. It will be understood by those
25 skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the
hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if
appropriate. Cycloalkyls can be further substituted, e.g.,
with the substituents described above. An "alkylaryl" moiety
is an alkyl substituted with an aryl (e.Q_. t~henvlmPthvl
30 (benzyl)). The term "alkyl" also includes unsaturated
aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible
substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain
at least one double or triple bond respectively.
35 The term "aryl" as used herein, refers to the radical of aryl
groups, including 5- and 6-membered single-ring aromatic
groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
36
example, benzene, py_roie, furan, thiophene, i".idazcle,
benzoxazole, benzothiazole, ;.riazole, tetrazoie, p~~raz~=e,
pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, anc the like.
Aryl groups also include polycyclic fused a=omatic a_rou~s
such as naphthyl, quinolyl, indolyl, and the like. Those
aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring struc~u_e may also
be referred to as "aryl heterocycles", "hete~oa=vls" o.
"heteroaromatics". The aromatic ring can be substitutes at
one or more ring positions with such substituents as
described above, as for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy,
alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy,
aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, phosphate,
phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl
1~ amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and
alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino,
arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino,
sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates,
sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl,
cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or
heteroaromatic moiety Aryl groups can also be fused or
bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings which are not
aromatic so as to form a polycycle (e. g., tetralin).
The terms "alkenyl" and "alkynyl" refer to unsaturated
aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible
substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain
at least one double or triple bond respectively. For
example, the invention contemplates cyano .and propargyl
groups .
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower
alkyl" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above,
but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably.from one
to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure, even more
preferably one to three carbon atoms in its backbone
structure. Likewise, "lower alkenyl" and "lower alkynyl"
have similar chain lengths.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
37
T he terms "alkoxyalkyl", "polyaminoalky_" a::~
"thioalkoxyalkyl" refer to alkyl groups, as desc=ibec above,
which further include oxygen, nitrogen or sul''.:r atom=
replacing. one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon: backbone,
e.g., oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms.
The terms "polycyclyl" or "polycyclic radical" re~e= to the
radical of two or more cyclic rings (e. g., cycloalkyls,
cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls? i~
which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings,
e.g., the rings are "fused rings". Rings that are joined
through non-adjacent atoms are termed "bridged" rings. Each
of the rings of the polycycle can be substituted with such
substituents as described above, as for example, halogen,
1~ hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy,
alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate,
alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl,
alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato,
phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino,
dialkylamino, a=-ylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino),
acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino,
carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio,
arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, sulfonato, sulfamoyl,
sulfonamido, vitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido,
heterocyclyl, alkyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or
heteroaromatic moiety
The term "heteroatom" as used herein means an atom of any
element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms
are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus.
The term "amino acids" includes naturally and unnaturally
occurring amino acids found in proteins such as glycine,
alanine, valine, cysteine, leucine, isoleucine, serine,
threonine, methionine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid,
glutamine, asparagine, lysine, arginine, proline, histidine,
phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan. Amino acid analogs
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
38
include amino acids with lengthened o_- shortened side c:.ai:a
or variant side chains with appropriate func~iora~ a:oL~s.
Amino acids also include D and L stereoisome=s o. ar. aminc
acid when the structure of the amino acid admits of
stereoisomeric forms. The term "dipeptide" includes two o~
more amino acids linked together. Preferably, dipep~ides are
two amino acids linked via a peptide linkage. Pa«icula_iy
preferred dipeptides include, for example, ala~=ne-alanine
and glycine-alanine.
It will be noted that the structure of some of the comDOUnds
of this invention includes asymmetric carbon atoms and thus
occur as racemates and racemic mixtures, single enantiomers,
diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers. All
l~ such isomeric forms of these compounds are expressly included
in this invention. Each stereogenic carbon may be of the R
or S configuration. It is to be understood accordingly that
the isomers arising from such asymmetry (e.g., all
enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope
of. this invention, unless indicated otherwise. Such isomers
can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical
separation techniques and by stereochemically controlled
synthesis.
The invention further pertains to pharmaceutical compositions
for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state
in a mammal, e.g., respiratory disorders (e. g., asthma,
bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder, and
allergic rhinitis), renal disorders, gastrointestinal
disorders, and eye disorders. The pharmaceutical composition
includes a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6
substituted 7-deazapurine, described supra, and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. It is to be understood,
that all of the deazapurines described above are included for
therapeutic treatment. It is to be further understood that
the deazapurines of the invention can be used alone or in
combination with other deazapurines of the invention or in
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
39
combination with additional therapeutic comaourds, such a:
r
antibiotics, ant=in~lamma~ories, or anticancer aoents, _~i
example.
The term "antibiotic" is art recognized and is _..bender ~c
include those substances produced by growinc mic=~~rganisms
and synthetic derivatives thereof, which eliminate o. in'.~.ib_t
growth of pathogens and are selectively toxic to the oathoae.~.
while producing minimal or no deleterious efrect= uDO.~. the
infected host subject. Suitable examples or a::tibiotics
include, but are not limited to, the principle c'asses of
aminoglycosides, cephalosporins, chloramphenicols, ~uscidic
acids, macrolides, penicillins, polymixins, tetracyclines and
streptomycins.
1~
The term "antiinflammatory" is art recognized and is intended
to include those agents which act on body mechanisms, without
directly antagonizing the causative agent of the inflammation
such as glucocorticoids, aspirin, ibuprofen, NSAIDS, etc.
The term "anticancer agent" is art recognized and is intended
to include those agents which diminish, eradicate, or prevent
growth of cancer cells without, preferably, adversely
affecting other physiological functions. Representative
examples include cisplatin and cyclophosphamide.
When the compounds of the present invention are administered
as pharmaceuticals, to humans and mammals, they can be given
per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for
example, 0.1 to 99.5% (more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active
ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used
3~ herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material,
composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler,
diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material,
involved in carrying or transporting a compounds) of the
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
present invention wit'.~_in or to the subject su:.t::a=
perfor-ms its intended fLnction. Typically, Suc: c;~.T.D.~,~.:;.d=
are carried or transported From one organ, or ocrt_~_. cy tea
body, to another organ, or portion o. the bony. sac:: carr_e_
F must be "acceptable" in the sense of~ being co~;patirie wt::
the other ingredients of the formulation and no~ i.~.: ~ ~ _o~,a tc
the patient. Some examples of materials which ca:: serve as
pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: sucrars, suci: as
lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as ccr:: spar c::
10 and potato starch; cellulose, and its derivatives, suc'.~. as
sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose
acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelati.~.; talc;
excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils,
such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oi~, sesame
1~ oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; glycol s, such as
propylene glycol; polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol,
marinitol and polyethylene glycol; esters, such as ethyl
oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents, such as
magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid;
20 pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl
alcohol; phosphate buffer solutions; and other non-toxic
compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical
formulations.
25 As set out above, certain embodiments of the present
compounds can contain a basic functional group, such as amino
or alkylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming
pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically
acceptable acids. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable
30 salts" in this respect, refers to the relatively non-toxic,
inorganic and organic acid addition salts of compounds of the
present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ
during the final isolation and purification of the compounds
of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified
3~ compound of the invention in its free base form with a
suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt
thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide,
hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
41
acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, steaYate, ~a_rat_,
benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, cit=a=e, ",a~eat~,
fumarate, succinate, tartrate, rapthylate, TesW ate,
glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulpho:~a~e salts a.~.d
( 1 9 7 7 ..
~ the like. (See, e.g. , Herge et a1. ) P!~a<<-"aceutical
Salts", J. Pharm. Sci. 66:1-19).
In other cases, the compounds of the present inventior maw
contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, a=a
capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with
pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term
"pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers
to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base
addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These
1~ salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final
isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately
reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a
suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or
bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation,
with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic
primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali
or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium,
potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the
like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation
of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine,
ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and
the like.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable esters" refers to the
relatively non-toxic, esterified products of the compounds of
the present invention. These esters can be prepared in situ
during the final isolation and purification of the compounds,
or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free
acid form or hydroxyl with a suitable esterifying agent.
Carboxylic acids can be converted into esters via treatment
with an alcohol in the presence of a catalyst. Hydroxyl
containing derivatives can be converted into esters via
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
42
treatment with an esterifying agent such as alkanoy_ halides.
The term is fur ther intended to include lower hycr o~arb~::
groups capable of being solvated unde_ p::ysioioc~~a?
conditions, e.g., alkyl esters, methyl, e~hy~ a:c propyl
~ esters. (See, for example, Berge et~al., supra.!
The invention further contemplates the use of proarugs wish
are converted in vivo to the therapeutic compounds o.
invention (see, e.g., R.B. Silverman, 1992, "The Oraaric
Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action", Academic Press,
Chapter 8). Such prodrugs can be used to alter the
biodistribution (e.g., to allow compounds which would not
typically enter the reactive site of the protease) or the
pharmacokinetics of the therapeutic compound. For example,
1~ a carboxylic acid group, can be esterified, e.g., with a
methyl group or an ethyl group to yield an ester. When the
ester is administered to a subject, the ester is cleaved,
enzymatically or- non-enzymatically, reductively or
hydrolytically, to reveal the anionic group. An anionic
group can be esterified with moieties (e. g., acyloxymethyl
esters) which are cleaved to reveal an intermediate compound
which subsequently decomposes to yield the active compound.
In another embodiment, the prodrug is a reduced form of a
sulfate or sulfonate, e.g., a thiol, which is oxidized in
vivo to the therapeutic compound. Furthermore, an anionic
moiety can be esterified to a group which is actively
transported in vivo, or which is selectively taken up by
target organs. The ester can be selected to allow specific
targeting of the therapeutic moieties to particular reactive
sites, as described below for carrier moieties.
Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium
lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as' coloring
agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring
and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also
be present in the compositions.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
43
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable antioxidar_~s l
water soluble antioxidants, such as asco=bic aci;:, c~_~stA~ne
hyarochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabis;:'_.fite, sodi~.:r..
sulfite and the like; oil-soluble antioxiaar.~s, suci: as
ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (B:iA;~, bum-~a~ed
hydroxytoluene (HFiT), lecithin, propyl gallate, aioha-
tocopherol, and the like; and metal chelating agents, suc.: as
citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acic (EL"'A),
sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the dice.
Formulations of the present invention include those suitable
for oral, nasal, topical, transdermal, buccal, sublingual,
rectal, vaginal and/or parenteral administration. The
formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage
1~ form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art
of pharmacy. The amount of active ingredient which can be
combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage
form will generally be that amount of the compound which
produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred
per cent, this amount will range from about 1 per cent to
about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably
from about 5 per cent to about 70 per cent, most preferably
from about 10 per cent to about 30 per cent.
Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions
include the step of bringing into association a compound of
the present invention with the carrier and, optionally, one
or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations
are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into
association a compound of the present invention with liquid
carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and
then, if necessary, shaping the product.
Formulations of the invention suitable for oral
administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets,
pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually
sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as
a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
44
liquid, or as an oil-i~-water o_~ water-i~-cil __ _..
emulsion, or as an elixir o_- syrup, or as past_'__es i~~s~n~_ a::
inert base, such as gelatin and g_yceri:., e. s;:=rose a::c
acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, eac= cc::ta_n_nc
a predetermined amount of a compound of the preser__ _~ve::t;cn
as an active ingredient. A compound of the present _nver.t_on
may also be administered as a bolus, electuary o. baste.
In solid dosage forms of the inventic.~. =or oral
administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders,
granules and the like), the active ingredient is m_xed with
one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as
sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the
following: fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose,
1~ sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; binders,
such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates,
gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia;
humectants, such as glycerol; disintegrating agents, such as
agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch,
aTginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate;
solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; absorption
accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; wetting
agents, such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol
monostearate; absorbents, such as kaolin and bentonite clay;
''S lubricants, such a talc, calcium stearate, magnesium
stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate,
and mixtures thereof; and coloring agents. In the case of
capsules, tablets and pills, the pharmaceutical compositions
may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a
similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and
hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose
or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene
glycols and the ?ike.
3~ A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally
with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets
may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or
hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium stare::
glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellu;ose.'~,
surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets maw_ be
made by molding in a suitable machine a m=xt~.:re of the
5 powdered compound moistened with an inert 1=cuid d=luent.
The tablets, and other solid dosage forms of the
pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, such as
dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be
10 scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric
coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-
formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide
slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein
using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying
15 proportions to provide the desired release profile, other
polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be
sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-
retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in
the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved
30 in' sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium
immediately before use. These compositions may also
optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a
composition that they release the active ingredients) only,
or preferentially, in a certain portion of the
25 gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include
polymeric substances and waxes. The active ingredient can
also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one
or more of the above-described excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds
of the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable
emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and
elixirs. In addition to the active ingredient, the liquid
3~ dosage forms may contain inert dilutents commonly used in the
art, such as, for example, water or other solvents,
solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol,
isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
46
alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, ~,3-butv_e_~_e
glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn,
germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerc_,
tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and ~at~y acid
esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert dilutents, the oral compositions can also
include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsi'ying and
suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming
and preservative agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain
suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl
alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters,
microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide,
bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the
invention for rectal or vaginal administration may be
presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing
one or more compounds of the invention with one or more
suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for
example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax
or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but
liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the
rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
Formulations of the present invention which are suitable for
vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons,
creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing
such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of
a compound of this invention include powders, sprays,
ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches
and inhalants. The active compound may be mixed under sterile
conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and
with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
47
required.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, i:.
addition~to an active compound of this invention, excipients,
such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, ~araf:_ns,
starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, po'_yethylene
glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, tale and zinc
oxide,~or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a compound of
this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic
acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide
powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can
additionally contain customary propellants, such as
1~ chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted
hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing
controlled delivery of a compound of the present invention to
the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or
dispersing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption
enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the
compound across the skin. The rate of such flux can be
controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or
dispersing the active compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions
and the like, are also contemplated as being within the scope
of this invention. Preferably, the pharmaceutical
preparation is an ophthalmic formulation (e.g., an
periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation,
a systemic formulation, or a surgical irrigating solution).
The ophthalmic formulations of the present invention may
include one or more deazapurines and a pharmaceutically
acceptable vehicle. Various types of vehicles may be used.
The vehicles will generally be aqueous in nature. Aqueous
solutions are generally preferred, based on case of
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
48
formulation, as well as a patient's ability ~~ eas__w
administer such compositions by means of instil'__::g one tc
two drops of the solutions in the affected eyes. However,
the deazapurines of the present invention may a_so be readily
incorporated into other types of compositions, suci: as
suspensions, viscous or semi-viscous gels or other types of
solid or semi-solid compositions. The ochthalmic
compositions of the present invention may also include
various other ingredients, such as buffers, preservatives,
co-solvents and viscosity building agents.
An appropriate buffer system (e. g., sodium phosphate, sodium
acetate or sodium borate) may be added to prevent pH d-ift
under storage conditions.
Ophthalmic products are typically packaged in multidose form.
Preservatives are thus required to prevent microbial
contamination during use. Suitable preservatives include:
benzalkonium chloride, thimerosal, chlorobutanol, methyl
paraben, propyl paraben, phenylethyl alcohol, edetate
disodium, sorbic acid, polyquaternium-1, or other agents
known to those skilled in the art. Such preservatives are
typically employed at a level of from 0.001 to 1.0%
weight/volume ("°s w/v") .
When the deazapurines of the present invention are
administered during intraocular surgical procedures, such as
through retrobulbar or periocular injection and intraocular
perfusion or injection, the use of balanced salt irrigating
solutions as vehicles are most preferred. BSS° Sterile
Irrigating Solution and BSS Plus Sterile Intraocular
Irrigating Solution (Alcon Laboratories, Inc., Fort Worth,
Texas, USA) are examples of physiologically balanced
intraocular irrigating solutions. The latter type of
solution is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,550,022 (Garabedian,
et a1.), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated
in the present specification by reference. Retrobulbar and
periocular injections are known to those skilled in the art
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
49
and are described in numerous publications inc_ud_:,g, fcr
example, Ophthalmic Surgery: Principles of Practice, Ec.,
L. Spaeth. W. B. Sanders Co., Philadelphia, Pa., LT.S.A.,
pages 85-87 (1990).
As indicated above, use of deazapurines to prevent cr ~e~~,:ce
damage to retinal and optic nerve head tissues at the
cellular level is a particularly important aspect of one
embodiment of the invention. Ophthalmic conditions which may
be treated include, but are not limited to, retinopathies,
macular degeneration, ocular ischemia, glaucoma, and damage
associated with injuries to ophthalmic tissues, such as
ischemia reperfusion injuries, photochemical injuries, and
injuries associated with ocular surgery, particularly
injuries to the retina or optic nerve head by exposure to
light or surgical instruments. The compounds may also be
used as an adjunct to ophthalmic surgery, such as by vitreal
or subconjunctival injection following ophthalmic surgery.
The compounds may be used for acute treatment of temporary
conditions, or may be administered chronically, especially in
the case of degenerative disease. The compounds may also be
used prophylactically, especially prior to ocular surgery or
noninvasive ophthalmic procedures, or other types of surgery.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for
parenteral administration comprise one or more compounds of
the invention in combination with one or more
pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or
nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions~or emulsions,
or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile
injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which
may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes
which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the
intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which
may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the
invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, aad the _ike), a-~
suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil,
and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. P=ope_
fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of
coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance o~
the required particle size in the case of dispersions, a.~.:: by
the use of surfactants.
These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as
10 preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and
dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms
may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and
antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol,
phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to
1~ include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and
the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged
absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be
brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay
absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it
is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from
subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be
accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline
or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rate
of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of
dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and
crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a
parenterally-administered drug form is accomplished by
dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule
matrices of the subject compounds in biodegradable polymers
such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of
drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular~polymer
employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled.
Examples of other biodegradable polymers include
poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
51
formulations are also prepared by entrapping the d.;:~ _..
liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with bodes
tissue.
The preparations of the present invention may be c_ve~
orally, parenterally, topically, or rectally. They are o~
course given by forms suitable for each admiristra~ion route.
For example, they are administered in tablets or capsule
form, by injection, inhalation, eye lotion, ointment,
suppository, etc. administration by injection, infusion or
inhalation; topical by lotion or ointment; and rectal by
suppositories. Oral administration is preferred.
The phrases "parenteral administration" and "administered
parenterally" as used herein means modes of administration
other than enteral and topical administration, usually by
injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous,
intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular,
intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal,
transtracheal, subcutaneous,. subcuticular, intraarticular,
subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal
injection and infusion.
The phrases "systemic administration," "administered
systematically," "peripheral administration" and
"administered peripherally" as used herein mean the
administration of a compound, drug or other material other
than directly into the central nervous system, such that it
enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to
metabolism and other like processes, . for example,
subcutaneous administration.
These compounds may be administered to humans and other
animals for therapy by any suitable route of administration,
including orally, nasally, as by, for example, 'a spray,
rectally, intravaginally, parenterally, intracisternally and
topically, as by powders, ointments or drops, including
buccally and sublingually.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
52
Regardless of the route of administration seiec~ed,
compounds of the present invention, which may be Lsec .r. a
suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceu~i~ai
compositions of the present invention, are formu'_a~ed in~c
pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by corve:~tional
methods known to those of skill in the art.
Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the
pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be va=ied
so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is
effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a
particular patient, composition, and mode of administration,
without being toxic to the patient.
1~ The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of
factors including the activity of the particular compound of
the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide
thereof, the route of administration, the time of
administration, the rate of excretion of the particular
compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other
drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with
the particular compound employed, the age, sex, weight,
condition, general health and prior medical history of the
patient being treated, and like factors well known in the
medical arts.
A physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art
can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of
the pharmaceutical composition required For example, the
physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds
of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition
at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the
desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage
until the desired effect is achieved.
In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound of the
invention will be that amount of the compound which is the
lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
53
an effective dose will generally depend upon the =aches~
described above. Generally, intravenous and subc~,:taneo::s
doses of the compounds of this invention for a patient, whey.
used for the indicated analgesic effects, wil'_ range 'rom
about 0.0001 to about 200 mg per kilogram of body weighs per
day, more preferably from about 0.01 to about 150 mQ per kg
per day, and still more preferably from about 0.2 to about
140 mg per kg per day.
If desired, the effective daily dose of the active compound
may be administered as two, three, four, five, six or more
sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals
throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms.
1~ While it is possible for a compound of the present invention
to be administered alone, it is preferable to administer the
compound as a pharmaceutical composition.
The present invention also pertains to packaged
pharmaceutical compositions for treating a N-6 substituted 7
deazapurine responsive state, e.g., undesirable increased
adenosine receptor activity in a mammal. The packaged
pharmaceutical compositions include a container holding a
therapeutically effective amount of at least one deazapurine
as described supra and instructions for using the deazapurine
for treating the deazapurine responsive state in the mammal.
The deazapurines of the invention can be prepared using
standard methods for organic synthesis. Deazapurines can be
purified by reverse phase HPLC, chromatography,
recrystallization, etc. and their structures confirmed by
mass spectral analysis, elemental analysis, IR and/or NMR
spectroscopy.
Typically, synthesis of the intermediates as well as the
deazapurines of the invention is performed in solution. The
addition and removal of one or more protecting group is also
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
54
typical practice and is known to those skilled i~ t:~e a. ~ .
Typical synthetic schemes for the preparation of deazap;:r_~e
intermediates of the invention are outlined below in Scheme
I.
This invention further provides a compound having the
structure !IV):
NH-R~
Ra
N
R3
N
Ar N H
Iv
wherein R: is trans-4-hydroxy cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino
carbonylamino cyclohexyl, acetylamino ethyl, or
methylamino carbonylamino ethyl;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six
membered ring, phenyl, pyrrole, thiophene, furan,
thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine,
2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine, pyrimidine,
pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole, tetrazole,
naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran,
benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, 1H-indole,
indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzoxazole,
purine, coumarin, chromone, ~ quinoline,
tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, . benzimidazole,
quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-
b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-
pyridine, 1H-pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteridine,
2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisoxazine,
benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide,
isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-
N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, cinnoline, or having
a structure
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
R2
,,
5 Y
wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen;
10 wherein R. and R.' are independently H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
halogen, methoxy, methyl amino, or methyl thio; wherein
R. is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl
1~ is -C (R7 ) (R: ) XR_, wherein X is 0, S, or NR~, wherein R-
and R~ are each independently H or alkyl, wherein R~ and
Ro are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or NRsRe
is a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and
7 members;
wherein R< is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a prodrug
derivative, or a biologically active metabolite, with
proviso that when R. acetylamino ethyl, Ar is not 4
pyridyl.
In one embodiment of the compound having structure IV, NRsRc
is a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7
members which is selected from the group consisting of:
\O
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
56
~s~~~ m
~~~J
wherein m is o, i, or 2,
n5 \N
wherein n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; wherein Re is hydrogen, -OH,
-CHzOH, -C (=O) NRsRio, NHRii; wherein Rii is -C (=O) CHa, or
-SOzMe, or
~NR
3o
wherein R is H, alkyl, or aryl.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
57
J
In another embodiment of the compound having struc~::_e T_V, Ar
has the structure:
Rz
to
Y
15 wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen; wherein Rz is H, or
halogen, -0-alkyl group, amine group, or sulfide group;
wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said
20 substituted alkyl is -C (R~ ) (Re ) NR:Rs, wherein R~ and Rs are
each independently H or alkyl, wherein Rs and R are each
independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or Rs, Rs and the
nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubstituted
ring of between 4 and 7 members.
2j
In another embodiment of the compound, Y is carbon.
In another embodiment of the compound, R. is hydrogen.
30 In another embodiment of the compound, Ra is hydrogen.
In another embodiment of the compound, Ra is hydrogen.
In another embodiment of the compound, R3 and R9 are each
35 methyl.
In another embodiment of the compound, R3 is -C (R-) (Re) NRsRE,
wherein R, and Re are each independently H or alkyl, wherein
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
58
Rs and R are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R ,
and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubs~i~::~ed
ring of between 4 and 7 members.
In another embodiment of the compound,.Rz is halogen.
In another embodiment of the compound, Y is nitrogen.
In yet another embodiment of the compound, Rz is hydrogen.
In a further embodiment of the compound, R~ and Rt are each
hydrogen.
This invention also provides a compound having the structure
(v>
25
V
wherein R: is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl;
wherein R~ is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,, or cycloalkyl;
wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said
substituted alkyl is -C (R6) (R,) NR<R:, wherein Re and R~ are
each H or alkyl, wherein R< and R~ are each alkyl or
cycloalkyl, or R4 Rs and the nitrogen together form a
ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
Ii
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
59
In one embodiment of the compound having structure t', R,t a::~
R- are each H; wherein Ra is H and Rs is -R:~C (=O! R.. .
In another embodiment of the compound.having structure V,
and R- are each H; wherein the ring system is morpholino,
thiomorpholino, N-4-substituted piperazino, 2-substituted
piperazine, or Re substituted pyrrolidino, piperadine, wherein
Re is H, OH, CH~OH, -C (=O) NRsR~o, NRm, wherein Ru is -C (=O? CH3 ,
-S02Me.
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
following structure:
F\
(Compound 706)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
''~~HN
CHI
N
~CH~
~F
~N N
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound ha= ~::e
structure:
H~ii.,,.
5
'NH
15
(Compound 1318-a)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
~5
H
N
--.H
N~
(Compound 1318-b)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
61
In another embodiment of the compound, the compounc has t::e
structure:
NII~~"...
OH
N
15
(Compound 1319)
N
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
25
c1
(Compound 1320)
HNl~iu~...
OH
N
N/ _N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
62
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has
structure:
HN .."~mnpH
N~
I N H
(Compound 1321)
A compound having the structure:
CH3
HN 0
NH
~NH
N
RZ rv H
VI
wherein RZ is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein R3
and R, are independently H, or alkyl.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
63
In one embodiment of the compound, the compounc has :.he
structure:
CH ~
HN O
NH
1O NH
CHI
N
~CH~
~N ~N
H
is
(Compound 1500)
20 In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
CH3
30 ~~,~ % H'
N
CHI
~N N
I H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
64
In another embodiment of the compound, the composnd has ~::_
structure:
cH,
HN'
~IN/N
~~H
NN
In another embodiment of compound 1500, the compound has the
15 structure:
25
In a further embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
CHI
HN' 'O
~Ir/"
',,~~~NH
',~'~~H
NII
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
This invention also provides a compound having the st=uc_u=e:
5
NH
RZ
VII
wherein Rz is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein R;
and R~ are independently H, or alkyl; alkyl; with the
proviso that RZ is not 4-pyridyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HOC O
HN
NH
N _' I
N
(Compound 1501)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
66
This invention further provides a compound havirc ~~e
structure:
O
NH
HN NH CHg
I Ra
N
R2 N H
VIII
1~ wherein R, is a substituted 5-6 membered aromatic ring;
wherein R: and R~ are independently H, or alkyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
0
~NH
HN~ NH-CHI
N 'N
H
(Compound 1520)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
67
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
HO~~~~~,.
NH
X
IX
1~
wherein RZ is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein X is
oxygen, or sulfur.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
,a ~ .
35 (Compound 1503)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
68
This invention also provides a compound having the st=uc:.u=~:
HO
J
.~,~~~~~NH
' X
X
wherein RZ is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein X is
oxygen, or sulfur.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
'75 ..I ,~~~~~NH
35 (Compound 1504)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
69
This invention further provides a method for __eati..~.c a
disease associated with A= adenosine receptor in a su~iec~,
comprising administering to the subject a therapeutica'_1~~
effective amount of a compound having.the formula =V, V, V;,
VII, VIII, IX, or X.
In one embodiment of the method, the subject is a mammal. In
another embodiment of the method, the mammal is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the A~ adenosine receptor
is associated with cognitive disease, renal failure, cardiac
arrhythmias, respiratory epithelia, transmitter release,
sedation, vasoconstriction, bradycardia, negative cardiac
inotropy and dromotropy, branchoconstriction, neutropil
chemotaxis, reflux condition, or ulcerative condition.
This invention also provides a combination therapy for
asthma, comprising compounds IV and V, and a steroid, ~i2
agonist, glucocoticoid, lucotriene antagonist, or
anticolinegic agonist. Diseases associated with adenosine Ai,
P.za, A2b and A3 receptors are disclosed in WO 99/06053 and WO
09822465, WO-09705138, WO-09511681, WO-09733879, JP-09291089,
PCT/US98/16053 and U.S. Patent No. 5,516,894, the entire
content of which are fully incorporate herein by reference.
This invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of a
compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or
X, wherein said water-soluble prodrug that is .metabolized in
vivo to an active drug which selectively inhibit A~ adenosine
receptor.
In orie embodiment of the prodrug, said prodrug is metabolized
in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
comprising the prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
This invention further provides a method for inhibit'_ng tze
activity of an A1 adenosine receptor in a celi, wr_c::
comprises contacting said cell with a compound having the
structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
5
In one embodiment of the method, the compou~d is an
antagonist of said A~ adenosine receptor.
This invention also provides for a method for treating a
10 gastrointestinal disorder in an subject, comprising
administering to the an effective amount of a compound having
the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is diarrhea.
1~
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another method of the method, the compound is an
antagonist of A~ adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a method for treating
respiratory disorder in a subject, comprising administering
to the subject an effective amount of a compound having the
structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
2~
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is asthma,
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or
an upper respiratory disorder. .
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said compound is an
antagonist of Ai adenosine receptors.
This invention further provides a method for treating damage
to the eye of a subject which comprises administering to said
subject an effective amount of a compound having the
structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
71
In one embodiment of the method, said damaa_e cor.;_or_ses
retinal or optic nerve head damage.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is acute or
chronic.
In another embodiment of the method, wherein said damage is
the result of glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia or trauma.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an
antagonist of A~ adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound
having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X, and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat a
respiratory disorder or a gastrointestinal disorder.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
gastrointestinal disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
respiratory disorder is asthma, allergic rhinitis, or chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or
intraocular injection formulation.
In yet another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
72
said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formu~atio::.
In a further embodiment of the pharmaceutical p_eparatio:.,
said pharmaceutical composition is ~a surgical ___iga~_ng
solution.
This invention also provides a packaged pharmaceutical
composition for treating a disease associated with Ai
adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising: (a) a container
holding a therapeutically effective amount of an adenosine A1
specific compound; and (b) instructions for using said
compound for treating said disease in a subject.
As used herein, °A compound is A1 selective." means that a
compound has a binding constant to adenosine A1 receptor of
at least ten time higher then that to adenosine A~a, A~b or A3.
This invention also provides a method of preparing the.
compound having structure IV, comprising the steps of
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
73
CN R,
a) reacting O
HZN N Ra and Ar
P
NC R,
O
to provide Ar
~N~ ~Ra
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide
OH
N~
~R3
Ar N N
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide
CI Rs
N
NrR~ : and
Ar N H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NH2R1 to provide
NHR~
Ra
N
~R3
Ar N/
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
74
wherein R: is trarls-4-hydroxy cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino
carbonylamino cyclohexyl, acetylamino ethyl, or
methylamino carbonylamino ethyl;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six
membered ring;
wherein R< is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a prodrug
derivative, or a biologically active metabolite; with
the proviso that when R: is acetylamino ethyl, Ar is not
4-pyridyl.
1~
This invention also provides a method of preparing the
compound having structure V, comprising the steps of
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
CN Rz
a) reacting O
HzN N Ra and Ar
P
NC Rz
O
to provide Ar
~N~ ~Ra
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide
OH R
Z
N ~
~R~
Ar N NN
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide
CI R
z
N
N,"'-Ra ; and
Ar N H
HOi~~~~~,
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with
NHR, NH=
to provide
N
Ar
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
76
wherein R. is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl;
wherein R is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said
substituted alkyl is -C (Rs) (R-) NR;R:, wherein Re and R- are
each H or alkyl, wherein R; and R~ are each alkyl or
cycloalkyl, or NR;R= is a ring system of between 4 and 7
members.
Compounds represented by formula VI, VII, and VIII can be
synthesized by any of the Schemes I-VIII. Compounds
represented by formula IX, and X can be prepared by Scheme
IX.
The invention is further illustrated by the following
examples which in no way should be construed as being further
limiting. The contents of all references, pending patent
applications and published patent applications, cited
throughout this application, including those referenced in
the background section, are hereby incorporated by reference.
It should be understood that the models used throughout the
examples are accepted models and that the demonstration of
efficacy in these models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
This invention will be better understood from the
Experimental Details which follow. However, one skilled in
the art will readily appreciate that the specific methods and
results discussed are merely illustrative of the invention as
described more fully in the claims which follow thereafter.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
77
The deazapurines of the invention can be prepared usi.~.c
standard methods for organic synthesis. Deazapurines car. be
purified by reverse phase HPLC, chromatography,
recrystallization, etc. and their structures cor.rirmed by
mass spectral analysis, elemental analysis, IR and/or NMR
spectroscopy.
Typically, synthesis of the intermediates as well as the
deazapurines of the invention is performed in solution. The
addition and removal of one or more protecting group is also
typical practice and is known to those skilled in the art .
Typical synthetic schemes for the preparation of deazapurine
intermediates of the invention are outlined below in Scheme
I .
Scheme I
NC
Rs NC
O
O
R
HEN N s R~ Rs
X R N N
M Ph pyridine. CH:CI= HM Ph
X= halide
O
H
MeOH. H:SO, ~ PPA
Rs --.-
~N N I10° C
R~
Me Ph
c~
N ~ ~~- Rs
POCI, ~ /
NH
I OS° C R~ N
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
78
wherein R3, R5 and Rd are as defined above.
In general, a protected 2-amino-3-cyano-pyrrole ca~ be
treated with an acyl halide to form a carboxyamido-3-cyano-
pyrrole which can be treated with acidic methanol to effect
ring closure to a pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine-4 (3H) -one (Mul ler ,
C.E. et al. J. Med. Chem. 40:4396 (1997)). Removal of the
pyrrolo protecting group followed by treatment with a
chlorinating reagent, e.g., phosphorous oxychloride, produced
substituted or unsubstituted 4-chloro-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidines. Treatment of the chloropyrimidine
with amines afforded 7-deazapurines.
For example, as shown in Scheme I, a N-(1-d1-phenylethyl)-2-
amino-3-cyano-pyrrole was treated with an acyl halide in
pyridine and dichloromethane. The resultant N-(1-dl-
phenylethyl)-2-phenylcarboxyamido-3-cyano-pyrrole was treated
with a 10:1 mixture of methanol/sulfuric acid to effect ring
closure, resulting in a dI-7H-7-(1-
phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine-4 (3H) -one. Removal of
the phenylethyl group by treatment of the pyrimidine with
polyphosphoric acid (PPA) followed by POC13 afforded a key
intermediate, the 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
Further treatment of the 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine
with various amines listed in Table 1 gives compounds of
formula (I) and (II) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
79
TABLE 1
R M- + H R N.- ~ H
343.2 35.27
0
N ~ 'NH
I N/ vn~~
I
343.18 430.35
i I
337.21 ~ 359.44
~N
NN
ww
OH
364.19 404.32
M
~ 'N
M ' VA
I
N
O NN-
''''~ NO:
N 330.18 \ 330.45
HN ~ ~N
i H i
N
~ 347.22 i 339.47
I N v \ N
N
I
350.28 353.41
a'I
NN 1
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
344.19 0 324.4=
NH
~ ww HN~
i
N
o / 394.16 / 359.38
~~~~ ~/
o
371.12 379.40
N
~~N
Nhf-
359.39 387.41
-NN
N~~_
ON
403.33 344.48
N
N NN
'..~~''bN N/
351.49 337.53
Nfe-~- -yHN
..,...
~~~OH HO~~~
330.37 295.2
I N'
~N
N ~ H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
81
407.23 32=.~
/~N
H
I \
G
355.45 N~ 337.53
NN'
...4i~
f~/~~ / I 441.33 0 350.2
~N \
~~ N
N
413.24 ~ 343.2
N
11
N
H
~N ,N
/ 372.48 /°N 373.2
~\ ~N ~ ~ ~ v
N
N
hi
307.2
/N
A general approach to prepare 6-substituted pyrroles is
depicted in the following scheme (Scheme II).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
82
Scheme II
~o
0
0
0- + oi~ o-
R, --r
Rs
NG NC
O
~ off
NH
R * ~ HCh N ~ ~s0
O R, NH,
IJ
NC R N NHIO
OH
H
N ~ ~ Rs ----~ N ---
N
~N
R, I HCI R,
~ H H
NR,R~
H
N~ I
Rs
~N~ N
R,
H
wherein R1 through RS are as defined above.
Transesterification and alkylation of ethyl cyanoacetate with
an a-haloketone affords a ketomethylester. Protection of the
ketone followed by treatment with an amidine (e. g., alkyl,
aryl or alkylaryl) hydrochloride produced the resultant ketal
protected pyrimidine. Removal of the protecting group,
followed by cyclization and treatment with phosphorous
oxychloride afforded the chloride intermediate which could be
further treated with an amine to afford an amine 6-
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
83
substituted pyrrole. Additionally, alkylation of the py_=c_=_
nitrogen can be achieved under art recognized conditions.
A general approach to prepare 5-substituted pyrroles is
S depicted in the following scheme (Scheme III).
Scheme III
O NC CN NC CN
I O NC CN ~ ~ ----.-
R Br R~
s
R~
Br
NC R NC Rs
s
-~ / \ - -- ~ / \
1S ~
R~~CI R~ N ~H
NN= N H
R
R
CI
R~
~0 N
\N N
R~
N
NR,RT R
s
2S N ~ H
~ N
R~~N
Fi
30 wherein R1 through R6 are defined as above and R is a
removable protecting group.
Condensation of malononitrile and an excess of a ketone
followed by bromination of the product afforded a mixture of
3S starting material, monobrominated and dibrominated.products
which were treated with an alkylamine, arylamine or
alkylarylamine. The resultant amine product was acylated
with an acid chloride and the monacylated pyrrole was
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
84
cyclized in the presence of acid to afford the corresponc_.-.c
pyrimidine. The pyrrole protecting group was removed w=~..
polyphosphoric acid and treated with phosphorous oxychloride
to produce a chlorinated product. The chlorinated py=role
could subsequently be treated with an~ amine to p=oduce an
amino 5-substituted pyrrole. Alkylation of the pyr~ole
nitrogen can be achieved under art recognized conditions.
Schemes IV and V depict methods for preparing the
deazapurines 1 and 2 of the invention.
HO
HO
NH
NH Re
H
N
N / /
~ ~H
~r N
N/ _N/ N H
1
wherein RS and R6 are as described above, e.g., CH3.
Specific Preparation of 6-methyl nvrroloflvrim;r~~npa.
The key reaction toward 6-methylpyrrolopyrimidines (1) [RS =
CH3] was cyclization of a cyanoacetate with benzamidine to a
pyrimidine. It was believed methyl cyanoacetate would
cyclize more efficiently with benzamidine to a pyrimidine
than the corresponding ethyl ester. ' Therefore,
transesterification and alkylation of ethyl cyanoacetate in
the presence of NaOMe and an excess of an a-haloacetyl
moiety', e.g., chloroacetone, gave the desired methyl ester
(3) in 79% yield (Scheme IV). The ketoester (3) was
protected as the acetal (4) in 81% yield. A new cyclization
method to the pyrimidine (5) was achieved with an amidine
hydrochloride, e.g., benzamidine hydrochloride, with 2
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
equivalents of DBU to afford the 5 in 54% isolated yie_::.
This method improves the yield from 20% using the published
conditions, which utilizes NaOMe during the cyclization with
guanidine. C~rclization to the pyrrole-pyrimidine (6) was
S achieved via deprotection of the acetal in aqueous HCl in '78%
yield. Reaction of (6) with phosphorous oxychloride at reflux
gave the corresponding 4-chloro derivative (7). Coupling
with traps-4-aminocyclohexanol in dimethyl sulfoxide at 135°C
gave (1) in 57o from (7). One skilled in the art will
10 appreciate that choice of reagents allows for great
flexibility in choosing the desired substituent R5.
Scheme IV
0 0
o c~
3
NG
!IN
°"
NN= N ~ O
HC.
~N NN
5
o~
NO
NN
N
_ N
N I
H
\ 1
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
86
Knoevengel condensation of malononitrile and an excess
ketone, e.g., acetone in refluxing benzene gave a in 50°s
yield after distillation. Bromination of 8 with N-
S bromosuccinimde in the presence of benzoyl peroxide in
chloroform yielded a mixture of starting material, mono- (9),
and di-brominated products (5/90/5) after distillation (COs>.
The mixture was reacted with an a-methylalkylamine or a-
methylarylamine, e.9., a-methylbenzylamine, to deliver the
aminopyrrole (10). After passing through a short silica gel
column, the partially purified amine (31% yield) was acylated
with an acid chloride, e.g., benzoyl chloride to deliver
mono- (11), and diacylated (12) pyrroles, which were
separated by flash chromatography. Acid hydrolysis of the
disubstituted pyrrole (12) generated a combined yield of 29%
for the acylpyrrole (11). Cyclization in the presence of
concentrated sulphuric acid and DMF yielded (13) (23°s), which
was deprotected with polyphosphoric acid to (14). Reaction
of (14) with phosphorous oxychloride at reflux gave the
corresponding 4-chloro derivative (15). Coupling with trans-
4-aminocyclohexanol in dimethyl sulfoxide at 135°C gave (2)
[R6 = CH3) in 30% from (14) (See Scheme V). One skilled in
the art will appreciate that choice of reagents allows for
great flexibility in choosing the desired substituent R6.
30
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
87
Scheme V
O NC~CH NC CN NC CN
NC~CN ~ _
& Br Br
8 9
O
/ \c
H ~ -a
2
NC NC
12 ~
H
H ~ N N
\N N
O 1l
OH
OH
N/
~H
N
H -~. / ~N N
\N . I 1~ H
--~ 2
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
88
Alternative S~~thetic Route to Ro-SubstitLted Pt-~ro~es a g
This alternative route to R6-substituted pyrroles, e.g.,
methylpyrrolopyrimidines, involves transesterification and
alkylation of ethyl cyanoacetate to (16) (Scheme vI). The
condensation of (16) with benzamidine hydrochloride with 2
equivalents of DBU affords the pyrimidine (17). Cyclization
to the pyrrole-pyrimidine (14) will be achieved via
deprotection of the acetal in. aqueous HC1. Reaction of (14)
with phosphorous oxychloride at reflux gave the corresponding
4-chloro derivative (15). Coupling with trans-4-
aminocyclohexanol in dimethyl sulfoxide at 135°C gives 2.
This procedure reduces the number of synthetic reactions to
the target compound (2) from 9 to 4 steps. Moreover, the
yield is dramatically improved. Again, one skilled in the
art will appreciate that choice of reagents allows for great
flexibility in choosing the desired substituent R6.
25
35
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
89
Scheme VI
0
ci
o
~o
NC
16
NH
~ NHZ
I N
17
OH
H 2
N ~N
H
NR~RZ H
A general approach to prepare
des-methyl pyrrole is depicted N ~
in the following scheme
(Scheme VII) ~N N
Rs
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
Scheme VII
Et ~
O
5 0
O ~ er~\~ ~ t
~~..// 0
Et
NC v~Et
1O NH
R~ ~NHZ
Ra .._. R; .__.
HNR ~ R,
R~
H
wherein R1 through R3 are defined as above.
Alkylation of an alkyl cyanoacetate with a diethyl acetal in
the presence of a base afforded a cyano diethyl acetal which
was treated with an amidine salt to produce a methyl
pyrrolopyrimidine precursor. The precursor was chlorinated
and treated with an amine to form the des-methyl
pyrrolopyrimidine target as shown above.
For example, Scheme VIII depicts the synthesis of compound
(18) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
91
Scheme VIII
Et ~O
O
O
O B~ O-Et
O
t NC
NC O~Et
19
\NH~ / C~ H
N H
IS ~ ~ N
--~ ~ ~N N H
~N N
H ( ~ ~ HCI
?1 H
OH
NH
2S OH NHZ H
N~
~H
~N N
18 ~ .
Commercially available methyl cyanoacetate was alkylated with
bromoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal in the presence of potassium
carbonate and NaI to yield (19). Cyclization to the
pyrimidine (20) was achieved in two steps. Initially, the
pyrimidine-acetal was formed via reaction of (19) with
benzamidine hydrochloride with 2 equivalents of DBU. The
resultant pyrimidine-acetal was deprotected without
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
92
purification with aqueous 1 N HC1 and the resultant aldehvde
cyclized to the pyrrolo-pyrimidine (20), which was isolated
by filtration. Reaction of (20) with phosphorous oxychloride
at reflex afforded the corresponding 4-chloro derivative
(21). Coupling of the chloro derivative with trans-4-
aminocyclohexanol in DMSO at 135°C gave compound (18) from
compound (21).
Schemes II-VIII demonstrate that it is possible to
functionalize the 5- and 6-position of the pyrrolopyrimidine
ring. Through the use of different starting reagents and
slight modifications of the above reaction schemes, various
functional groups can be introduced at the 5- and 6-positions
in formula (I) and (II). Table 2 illustrates some examples.
Table 2. Selected list of 5- and 6-substituted
pyrrolopyrimidines.
Starting Rea ent RS R~
/o ~ H
° H Substituted Ar
0 o H CH2C(O)OCH3
o ° C (O) OCH3 CH3
i
a
0 o C (O) NHCH3 CH3
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
93
A skilled artisan will know that metabolism of the com~ouncs
disclosed herein in a subject produces certain biologically
active metabolites which can serve as. drugs.
The invention is further illustrated by the following
examples which in no way should be construed as being further
limiting. The contents of all references, pending patent
applications and published patent applications, cited
throughout this application, including those referenced in
the background section, are hereby incorporated by reference.
It should be understood that the models used throughout the
examples are accepted models and that the demonstration of
efficacy in these models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
20
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
94
~.~~~ ~ ficat? on
Preparation 1:
A modification of the alkylation method of Seel a and Li:pke
was used.l To an ice-cooled (0'C) solution o' e~~:yi
.. $ cyanoacetate (6.58 g, 58.1 mmol) in .MeOH (20 mL) was slowly
added a solution of NaOMe (25% w/v; 58.1 mmol). A-ter 10
min, chloroacetone (5 mL; 62.8 mmol) was slowly added. After
4 h, the solvent was removed. The brown oil was diluted the
EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with H20 (100 mL). The organic
fraction was dried, filtered, and concentrated to a brown oil
(7.79 g; 79%). The oil (3) (Scheme IV) was a mixture of
methyl/ethyl ester products (9/1), and was used without
further purification. 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_4.24 (q, J
- 7.2 Hz, OCHZ), 3.91 (dd, 1H, J = 7.2, 7.0 Hz, CH), 3.62 (s,
3H, OCH3), 3.42 (dd, 1H, J = 15.0, 7.1 Hz, 1 x CH2); 3.02 (dd,
1H, J = 15.0, 7.0 Hz, 1 x CH2); 2.44 (s, 3H, CH3), 1.26 (t,
J = 7.1 Hz, ester-CH3).
lSeela, F.; Lupke, U. Chem. Ber. 1977, 110, 1462-1469.
Preparation 2:
The procedure of Seela and Lupke was used.l Thus, protection
of the ketone (3) (Scheme IV; 5.0 g, 32.2 mmol) with ethylene
glycol (4 mL, 64.4 mmol) in the presence of TsOH (100 mg)
of forded (4 ) as an oil (Scheme IV; 5 . 2 g, 81. 0 ) after f lash
chromatography (Si02; 3/7 EtOAc/Hex, Rf 0.35). Still contains
-5% ethyl ester: 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 4.24 (q, J = 7.2
Hz, OCHZ), 3.98 (s, 4H, 2 x acetal-CH2), 3.79 (s, 3H, OCH3),
3.62 (dd, 1H, J = 7.2, 7.0 Hz, CH), 2.48 (dd, 1H, J = 15.0,
7 . 1 Hz, 1 x CH2 ) , 2 . 32 (dd, 1H, J = 15 . 0, 7 . 0 Hz, 1 x CH2 ) ;
1.35 (s, 3H, CH3) , 1.26 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, ester-CH3) ; MS (ES)
200.1 (M'+1) .
-Seela, F.; Lupke, U. Chem. Ber. 1977, 110, 1462-1469.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
Preparation 3:
A solution of acetal (4) (Scheme IV, 1 g, 5.02 mmcl;,
benzamidine (786 mg, 5.02 mmol), and DBU (1.5 mL, 10.04 mmol!
in dry DMF .(15 mL) was heated to 85°C for 15 h. The mixture
5 was diluted with CHC13 (30 mL) and washed with 0.5 h Na;i: (10
mL) and H20 (20 mL). The organic fraction was dried, Fil~ered
and concentrated to a brown oil. Flash chromatography (SiO~;
1/9 EtOAc/CH2C12, Rf 0.35) was attempted, but material
crystallized on the column. The silica gel was washed with
10 MeOH. Fractions containing the product (5) (Scheme IV) were
concentrated and used without further purification (783 mg,
54.3%) : 1H NN~t (200 I~iz, CDC13) S 8.24 (m, 2H, A_Y-H) , 7.45
(m, 3H, Ar-H), 5.24 (br s, 2H, NH2), 3.98 (s, 4H, 2 x acetal
CH2), 3.60-3.15 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.38 (s, 3H, CH3); MS (ES):
15 288.1 (M'+1) .
Preparation of compound (20) (Scheme VIII): A solution of
acetal (19) (4.43 g, 20.6 mmol)1, benzamine hydrochloride
(3.22 g, 20.6 mmol), and DBU (6.15 mL, 41.2 mmol) in dry DMF
20 (20 mL) was heated to 85°C for fifteen hours. The mixture was
diluted with 100mL of CHC1,, and washed with H_O (2 x 50 mL).
The organic fraction was dried, filtered, and concentrated to
a dark brown oil. The dark brown oil was stirred in 1N HC1
(100 mL) ..for 2 hours at room temperature. The resulting
25 slurry was filtered yielding the HC1 salt of (20) as a tan
solid (3 .60 g, 70.6°x) ; 1H NNfft (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) 11.92 (s 1H) ,
8.05 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.05 (s, 1H, pyrrole-
H) ; MS (ES) : 212.1 (M'+1) .
30 Preparation 4:
A solution of acetal (5) (700 mg, 2.44 mmol) in 1 N HC1 (40
mL) was stirred for 2 h at RT. The resultant slurry was
filtered yielding the HC1 salt of 2-phenyl-6-methyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one as a tan solid (498 mg,
35 78.0%): 1H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 11.78 (s, 1H), 8.05 (m,
2H, Ar-H), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.17 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 2.25
(s, 3H, CH3) ; MS (ES) : 226.1 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
96
Preparation 5:
A modification of the Chen et a1. cyclization method was
used.l To an ice-cooled (0°C) solution of bromide ;9),
(Scheme V; 20.0 g, 108 mmol; 90% pure) in isopropyl alcohol
(60 mL) was slowly added a solution of a-methylbenzylarr,ine
(12.5 mL, 97.3 mmol). The black solution was allowed to warm
to RT and stir for 15 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc
(200 mL) and washed with 0.5 N NaOH (50 mL). The organic
fraction was dried, filtered, and concentrated to a black tar
(19.2 g; 94%). The residue was partially purified by flash
chromatography (Si02; 4/96 MeOH/CH2C12, Rf 0.35) to a black
solid (6.38 g, 31%) as the compound d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-
amino-3-cyano-4-methylpyrrole: MS (ES): 226.1 (M-+1).
'Chen, Y. L.; Mansbach, R. S.; Winter, S. M.; Brooks, E.;
Collins, J.; Corman, M. L.; Dunaiskis, A. R.; Faraci, W. S.;
Gallaschun, R. J.; Schmidt, A.; Schulz, D. W. J. Med. Chem.
1997, 40, 1749-1754.
Preparation 6:
To a solution of d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-4,5-
dimethylpyrrole' (14.9 g, 62.5 mmol) and pyridine (10.0 mL) in
dichloromethane (50.0 mL) was added benzoyl chloride (9.37 g,
66.7 mmol) at 0'C. After stirring at 0°C for 1 hr, hexane
(10.0 mL) was added to help precipitation of product.
Solvent was removed in vacuo and the solid was recrystallized
from EtOH/H,O to give 13.9 g (65%) of dI-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-
phenylcarbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole. mp 218-221°C;
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b_1 .72 (s, 3H) , 1.76 (d, J = 7.3 Hz,
3H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 5.52 (q, J - 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.54 (m,
9H), 7.68-7.72 (dd, J = 1.4 Hz, 6.9 Hz , 2H), 10.73 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 344.4 (M'+1) .
' Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1986, 1485-1505.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
97
The following compounds were obtained in a similar mar.:~e_.
Preparation 6A:
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-pyridyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-
S dimethylpyrrole.'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) S_1.83 (d, J - 6.B Hz,
3H) , 2.02 (s, 3H) , 2.12 (s, 3H) , 5.50 (q, J - 6.8 Hz, 1H) ,
7.14-7.42 (m, 5H), 8.08 (m, 2H), 8.75 (m, 3H); MS (ES): 345.2
(M'+1) .
dI-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(2-furyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-
dimethylpyrrole. 'H NM~t (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.84 (d, J = 7.4 Hz,
3H) , 1.92 (s, 3H) , 2. 09 (s, 3H) , 5.49 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H) ,
6.54 (dd, J - 1.8 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.47 (m, 7H); MS
(ES): 334.2 (M'+1), 230.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-furyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-
dimethylpyrrole. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1.80 (d, J = 7 Hz
3H), 1.89 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 5.48 (q, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 6.59
(s, 1H), 7.12-7.40 (m, 6H), 7.93 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 334.1
(M'+1) , 230Ø
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-cyclopentylcarbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-
dimethylpyrrole.-H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1.82 (d, J = 7.4 Hz,
3H), 1,88 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.63-1.85 (m, 8H), 2.63 (m,
1H) , 5.43 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 6 .52 (s, 1H) , 7.05-7.20 (m,
5H) ; MS (ES) : 336.3 (M'+1) .
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(2-thieyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-
dimethylpyrrole, 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) S 1.82 (d, J = 6.8 Hz,
3H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 5.49 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H),
7. 05-7.55 (m, 8H) ; MS (ES) : 350.1 (M~+1) , 246. 0.
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-thienyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-
dimethylpyrrole.
'H NN~t (200 MHz, CDCl~) b 1.83 (d, J = 7. 0 Hz, 3H) , 1.99 (s,
3H) , 2 . 12 (s, 3H) , 5.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H) , 6.90 (m, 1H) ,
7.18-7.36 (m, 6H), 7.79 (m, 1H); MS (ES): 350.2 (M~+1), 246.1.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
98
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)carbonylamino-3-cva::c-
4,5-dimethylpyrrole.
iH NMR (200 MHz, CDClz) S 1.83 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H) , 1. 96 (s,
3H) , 2.08 (s, 3H) , 5.51 (q. J - 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 7.10'-7.55 (m,
9H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) , 258.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-fluorophenyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-
4,5-dimethylpyrrole.
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1.83 (d, J = 7.4 Hz 3H) , 1. 97 (s,
3H) , 2.10 (s, 3H) , 5.50 (q, J = 7.4 H2, 1H) , 7. 05-7.38 !m, 7
H), 7.67-7.74 (m, 2H); MS (ES): 362.2 (M'+1), 258.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-
4, 5-dimethylpyrrole. 'H NNLR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.85 (d, J -
7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 5.50 (q, J = 7.2 hz,
1H), 7.12-7.35 (m, 6H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 8.13 (m,
1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) , 258. 0.
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-isoproylcarbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-
dimethylpyrrole.~H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.19 (d, J = 7.0
Hz, 6H), 1.82(d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H),
2.46 (m, 1H), 5.39 (m, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 7.11-
7.36 (m, 5H); MS (ES): 310.2 (M'+1), 206.1 .
In the case of acylation of d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-
cyano-4-methylpyrrole, monoacylated dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-
benzoylamino-3-cyano-4-dimethylpyrrole and diacylated pyrrole
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-dibenzoylamino-3-cyano-4-~methylpyrrole
were obtained. Monoacylated pyrrole: 1H NNgt (200 MHz, CDC13)
b_7.69 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.58-7.12 (m, 8H, Ar-H),
6.18 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 5.52 (q, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz, Cg-CH3),
2.05 (s, 3H, pyrrole-CH3), 1.85 (d, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz, CH-C$3);
MS (ES): 330.2 (M'+1); Diacylated pyrrole: 1H NMR (200 MHz,
CDC13) b_7.85 (d, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz, Ar-H), 7.74 (d, 2H, J = 7.8
Hz, Ar-H), 7.52-7.20 (m, 9H, Ar-H), 7.04 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 6.21
(s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 5.52 (q, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz, Cg-CH3), 1.77 (d,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
99
3H, J = 7.2 Hz, CH-C$3), 1.74 (s, 3H, pyrrole-CH3); MS DES;:
434 .1 (M-+1 ) .
Preparation 7:
To a solution of dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-phenylcarboxyamido-3-
cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole (1.0 g, 2.92 mmol) in methanol
(10.0 mL) was added concentrated sulfuric acid (1.0 mL) at
0'C. The resulted mixture was refluxed for 15 hr and cooled
down to room temperature. The precipitate was filtered to
give 0.48 g (48%) of d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-
phenylethyl ) pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidin-4 ( 3H) -one . 'H NMR ( 200 MHz ,
CDC13) b_2.02 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H),
6.25 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.50 (m, 9H), 8.07-8.12 (dd,
J = 3.4 Hz, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 10.51 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 344.2 (M'+1).
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as
that of Preparation 7:
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-pyridyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13)
b-2.03 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 6.24
(q, J - 7.2 Hz, 1H) , 7.09-7.42 (m, 5H) , 8.48 (m, 2H) , 8.70
(m, 3H) ; MS (ES) : 345.1 (M'+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-furyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S
1. 98 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 3H) , 1.99 (s, 3H) , 2.37 (s, 3H) , 6 .12
(q, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (dd, J=1.8 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17-
7.55 (m, 7H) , 9.6 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 334.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-furyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo
[2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S 1 . 99 (d,
J = 7 Hz, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 6.24 (q, J = 7 Hz,
1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s,
1H) ; MS (ES) : 334.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-cyclopentyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
100
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMFt (200 MHz, CJC13 ' b
1.95 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), _.66-
1.88 (m, 8H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 6.10 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16-
7.30 (m, 5H) , 9.29 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 336.3 (M-+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-thienyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13)
2.02(d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 6.13 (q,
J - 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J = 4.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.32
(m, 5H) , 7.44 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H) , 8. O1 (d, J = 2. 8 Hz, 1H)
11.25 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 350.2 (M'+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b
2.00 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 6.24(q,
J = 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 7.24-7.33 (m, 5H) , 7.33-7.39 (m, 1H) , 7.85
(m, 1H) , 8.47 (m, 1H) , 12.01 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 350.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b
2.01 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H) , 2.05 (s, 3H) , 2.42 (s, 3H) , 6.26
(q, J - 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.36 (m, 7H), 8.23-8.30 (m, 2H),
11.82 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.3 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)
pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b
2. 02 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H) , 2.06 (s, 3H) , 2.44 ~ (s, 3H) , 6.29
(q, J - 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.51(m, 7H), 8.00-8.04 (m, 2H),
11.72 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,.6-dimethyl-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)
pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one . 'H NMR (200 MHz, . CDC13) b
2.00(d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 6.24 (q,
J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 - 7.45 (m, 8 H), 8.21 (m, 1H), 9.54 (s,
1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
101
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)py==c_c
[2, 3d]pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one.
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl:) b 1.30 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H) , 1.32 (d,
J - 7.0 Hz, 3H) , 2.01 (s, 3H) , 2.34 (s, 3H) , 2.90 (m, 1H) ,
6.13 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.34 (m, 5H), 10.16 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
310 . 2 (M'+1 ) .
Preparation 8:
A solution of d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-benzoylamino-3-cyano-4-
dimethylpyrrole (785 mg, 2.38 mmol) with concentrated H~SOq
(1 mL) in DMF (13 mL) was stirred at 130°C for 48 h. The
black solution was diluted with CHC13 (100 mL) and washed with
1 N NaOH (30 mL), and brine (30 mL). The organic fraction
was dried, filtered, concentrated, and purified by flash
chromatography (Si02; 8/2 EtOAc/Hex, Ri 0.35) to a brown solid
(184 mg, 24%) as dl-5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-
phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 1H NMR (200 MHz,
CDC13) b_8.18 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.62-7.44 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.40-
7. 18 (m, 5H, Ar-H) , 6.48 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H) , 6.28 (q, 1H, J
- 7.2 Hz, C~-CH3), 2.18 (s, 3H, pyrrole-CH3), 2.07 (d, 3H, J
- 7.2 Hz, CH-C~3) ; MS (ES) : 330.2 (M+ + 1) .
Preparation 9:
A mixture of dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-4,5-
dimethylpyrrole (9.60 g, 40.0 mmol) and of formic acid (50.0
mL, 98%) was refluxed for S.hr. After cooling down to room
temperature and scratching the sides of flask, copious
precipitate was formed and filtered. The material was washed
with water until washings showed neutral pH to give dl-5,6-
dimethyl-7H-7- (1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -
one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1. 96 (d, J = 7.4 hz, 3H) , 2.00
(s, 3H) , 2.38 (s, 3H) , 6.21 (q, J - 7.4 Hz, 1H) . 7:11-7.35
(m, 5H) , 7.81 (s, 1H) , 11.71 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 268.2 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
102
Preparation 10:
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) py----oi~
[2 , 3d] pyrimidin-4 ( 3H) -one ( 1. 0 g, 2 . 91 mmol ) was suspended i.~.
polyphosphoric acid (30.0 mL). The mixture was heated at 100'C
for 4 hr. The hot suspension was poured onto ice water,
stirred vigorously to disperse suspension, and basified to pH
6 with solid KOH. The resulting solid was filtered and
collected to give 0.49 g (69%) of 5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d~)
b_2.17 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 7.45 (br, 3H), 8.07 (br, 2H,),
11.49 (s, 1H) , 11.82 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 344.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as
that of Preparation 10:
5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. MS
(ES) : 226.0 (M'+1) .
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (3-pyridyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -
one. MS (ES) : 241.1 (M'+1) .
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (2-furyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one.
'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.13 (s, 3H) , 2.18 (s, 3H) , 6.39
(dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (dd, J = 1.8 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H),
7.85 (dd, J - 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H,), 11.45 (s, 1H), 11.60 (s,
1H); MS (ES): 230.1 (M'+1).
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (3-furyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one.
'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 6.66
(s, 1H) , 7.78 (s, 1H) , 8.35 (s, 1H) , 11 .3 (s, 1H) , 11.4 (s,
1H) ; MS (ES) : 230.1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-cyclopentyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-
one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 1.57-1. 91 (m, 8 H) , 2.12 (s,
3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 11.24 (s, 1H), 11.38 (s,
1H); MS (ES): 232.2 (M'+1).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
103
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (2-thienyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 ;;:~; -
one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-de) b 2.14 (s, 3H) , 2.19 (s, 3H) ,
7.14 (dd, J = 3.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 5.2 Hz 1H), 8.10
(d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 11.50 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 246.1 (M'+1).
5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-4t3H)-
one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.17 (s, 3H) , 2.21 (s, 3H) ,
7.66(m, 1H), 7.75 (m, 1H), 8.43 (m, 1H), 11.47 (s, 1H), 11.69
(s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 246. 1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-
4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.17 (s, 3H) , 2.21 (s,
3H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 8.12 (m, 2H), 11.47 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
258.2 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-
4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-dE) b 2.18 (s, 3H) , 2.21 (s,
3H), 7.33 (m, IH), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.95 (m, 2H), 11.56 (s,
1H) , 11.80 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 258.1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-
4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.18 (s, 3H) , 2 .22 (s,
3H), 7.27-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.53 (m 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 11.54 (s,
1H) , 11.78 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 258.1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d)pyrimidin-4(3H)-one.
'H NMIt (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 1.17 (d, J= 6 .6 Hz, 6H) , 2.11 (s,
3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 11.20 (s, 1H), 11.39 (s,
1H) ; MS (ES) : 206.1 (M'+1) .
5, 6-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one . 'H NMR
(200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.13 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 7.65 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 164.0 (M'+1) .
Preparation 11:
A solution of 5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
104
pyrimidin-4 ( 3H) -one ( 1. 0 g, 4 . 2 mmol ) in phospaor vs
oxychloride (25.0 mL) was refluxed for 6 hr and the::
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. Water was added to the
residue to induce crystallization and the resulting solid was
filtered and collected to give 0.90 g (830) of 4-chloro-5,6-
dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz,
DMSO-ds) b_2.33 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 7.46-7.49 (m, 3H),
8.30-8.35 (m, 2H) , 12.20 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 258.1 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as
that of Preparation 11:
4-chloro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS
(ES) : 244.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-6-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS
(ES) : 244.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz,
DMSO-d6) 8.35 (2, 2H), 7.63 (br s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 6.47
(br s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 230.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-pyridyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. MS (ES): 259.0 (M'+1).
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-furyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.35 (s; 3H) , 2.35 (s, 3H) , 6.68
(dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J = 1.8 Hz; 3.6 Hz, 1H),
7.89 (dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H); MS (ES): 248.0 (M'+1).
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-furyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H I~t (200 MHz, DMSO-dE) b 2.31 (s, 3H) , 2.31 (s, 3H) , 6.62
(s, 1H) , 7.78 (s, 1H) , 8.18 (s, 1H) , 12. 02 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES)
248.1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-cyclopentyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 1.61- 1.96 (m, 8H) ,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
105
2.27 (s, 3H) , 2.27 (s, 3H) , 3 .22 (m, 1H) , 11. 97 (s, lri) ; M=
(ES) : 250.1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine . 'H NN~ ( 2 0 0 MHz , DMSO-d6 ) b. 2 . 2 9 ( s , 3 H ) , 2 . 31 (
s ,
3H), 7.14 (dd, J = 3.1 Hz, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 4.9 Hz,
1H) , 7.82 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H) , 12.19 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 264 . 1
(M'+1 ) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.32 (s, 3H) , 2.32
(s, 3H), 7.62 (dd, J = 3.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 5.2 Hz,
1H), 8.20 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H); MS (ES): 264.0 (M'+1).
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.33 (s, 3H) , 2.33 (s,
3H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 8.34 (m, 2H), 12.11 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
276 . 1 . (M'+1 ) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NNfft (200 MHz, DMSO-do) b 2.31 (s, 3H) , 2.33 (s,
3H), 7.29(m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 8.14(m, 1H),
11.57 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 276.1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.34 (s, 3H) , 2.34
(s, 3H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.99 (m, 1H), 12.23 (s,
1H) ; MS (ES) : 276. 1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H NNIR (200 MHz, DMSO-ds) b 1.24 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H) , 2.28 (s,
3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.08 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 11.95 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 224.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine. 'H NMR
(200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 8.40 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 182.0 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
106
d1-4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethy_)pyr=c_o
[2,3d]pyrimidine.
Preparation 12:
To a solution of d1-1,2-diaminopropane (1.48 g, 20.0 mmol)
and sodium carbonate (2.73 g, 22.0 mmol) in dioxane (100.0
mL) and water (100.0 mL) was added di-tert-dicarbonate (4.80
g, 22.0 mmol) at room temperature. The resulted mixture was
stirred for 14 hr. Dioxane was removed in vacuo. The
precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate was
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was triturated
with EtOAc and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated
in vacuo to dryness to give a mixture of d1-1-amino-2-(1,1-
dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino-propane and dl-2-amino-1-(1,1-
dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino-propane which were not separable
by normal chromatography method. The mixture was used for the
reaction in Examt~le 8.
Preparation 13:
To solution of Fmoc-a-Ala-OH (1.0 g, 3.212 mmol) and oxalyl
chloride (0.428 g, 0.29 mL, 3.373 mmol) in dichloromethane
(20.0 mL) was added a few drops of N,N-dimethylformamide at
0"C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr
followed by addition of cyclopropylmethylamine (0.229 g, 0.28
mL, 3.212 mmol) and triethylamine (0.65 g, 0.90 mL, 6.424
mmol). After 10 min, the mixture was treated with 1 M
hydrochloride (10.0 mL) and the aqueous mixture was extracted
with dichloromethane (3 x 30.0 mL). The organic solution was
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was treated
with a solution of 20% piperidine in N,N-dimethylforamide
(20.0 mL) for 0.5 hr. After removal of the solvent in vacuo,
the residue was treated with 1 M hydrochloride (20.O.mL) and
ethyl acetate (20.0 mL) . The mixture was separated and the
aqueous layer was basified with solid sodium hydroxide to pH
_ 8. The precipitate was removed by filtration and the
aqueous solution was subjected to ion exchange column eluted
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
107
with 20% pyridine to give 0.262 g (57%) cf I~-
cyclopropylmethyl ~i-alanine amide. 'H NMR (200 MHz, cD~OC;
b-0.22 (m, 2H), 0.49 (m, 2H), 0.96 (m, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H),
2. 92 (t, 2H) , 3 . 05 (d, 2H) ; MS (ES) : 143 . 1 (M-T1 ) .
Preparation 14:
N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine.
traps-1,4-cyclonexyldiamine (6.08 g, 53.2 mmol) was dissolved
in dichloromethane (100mL). A solution of di-t-
butyldicarbonate (2.32 g, 10.65 mmol in 40 mL
dichloromethane) was added via cannula. After 20 hours, the
reaction was partitioned between CHC1, and water. The layers
were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHC1
(3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO"
filtered and concentrated to yield 1.20 g of a white solid
(53%) . 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,) : b 1.0-1.3 (m, 4H) , 1.44 (s,
9H), 1.8 -2.1 (m, 4H), 2.62 (brm, 1H), 3.40 (brs, 1H), 4.37
(brs, 1H0; MS (ES) : 215.2 (M'+1) .
4-(N-acetyl)-N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyl
diamine.
N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine (530 mg,
2.47 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL). Acetic
anhydride (250 mg, 2.60 mmol) was added dropwise. After 16
hours, the reaction was diluted with water and CHC13. The
layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted
with CHC1; (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over
MgSO" filtered and concentrated. Recrystallization
(EtOH/H_O) yielded 190 mg of white crystals ~(30%). 'H NMR
(200 MHz, CDC13): b 0.9 - 1.30 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.96-
2.10 (m, 7H), 3.40 (brs, 1H), 3.70 (brs, 1H), 4.40 (brs, 1H),
4.40 , (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 257.2 (M'+1) , 242.1 (M' - 15) , 201.1
(M' - 56 ) .
4-(4-traps-acetamidocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-
7H-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(N-acetyl)-N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
108
cyclohexyldiamine (190 mg, 0.74 mmol), was dissclvec ...
dichloromethane (5 mL) and diluted with TFA (6 ml). Ate= ;_
hours, the reaction was concentrated. The crude solid, DMSC
(2mL), NaHCO, (200 mg, 2.2 mmol) and 4-chloro-5,6-dimethvl-2-
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine (35 mg, 0.14 mmol) were
combined in a flask and heated to 130 °C. After 4.5 hours,
the reaction was cooled to room temperature and d=luted with
EtOAc and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous
layer was extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic
layers were dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated.
Chromatography (silica preparatory plate; 20:1 CHCI::EtOH)
yielded 0.3 mg of a tan solid (1% yield). MS (ES): 378.2
(M'+1) .
4-(N-methanesulfonyl)-N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-trans-1,4-
cyclohexyldiamine.
trans-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine (530 mg, 2.47 mmol) was dissolved
in dichloromethane (20 ml) and diluted with pyridine (233 mg,
3z0 mmol). Methanesulfonyl chloride (300 mg, 2.60 mmol) was
added dropwise. After 16 hours, the reaction was diluted
with water and CHC1:. The layers were separated and the
aqueous layer was extracted with CHC1~ (3x). The combined
organic layers were dried over MgSO" filtered and
concentrated. recrystallization (EtOH/H,O) yielded 206 mg of
white crystals (29%). 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,): b 1.10-1.40 (m,
4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.00-2.20 (m, 4H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.50
(brs, 2H) , 4.37 (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) 293.1 (M'+1) , 278.1 (M'-
15 ) , 237 . 1 (M'-56 ) .
4-(4-trans-methanesulfamidocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-
phenyl-7H-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(N-sulfonyl)-N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-trans-1,4-
cyclohexyldiamine (206 mg, 0.71 mmol), was dissolved in
dichloromethane (5m1) and diluted with TFA (6 ml). After 16
hours, the reaction was concentrated. The crude reaction
mixture, DMSO (2 ml), NaHCO, (100 mg, 1.1 mmol) and 1-chloro-
5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine were
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
109
combined in a flask and heated to 130 °C. After 15 hours,
reaction was cooled to room temperature, and diluted w:~
EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over
MgSO" filtered and concentrated. Chromatography (silica
preparatory plate, 20:1 CHClj/EtOH) yielded 2.6 mg of a tar.
solid (5°s yield) . MS (ES) : 414.2 (M'+1) .
Example l:
A solution of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]
pyrimidine (0:50 g, 1.94 mmol) and 4-traps-hydroxy
cyclohexylamine (2.23 g, 19.4 mmol) in methyl sulfoxide (10.0
mL) was heated at 130°C for 5 hr. After cooling down to room
temperature, water (10.0 mL) was added and the resulted
aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x10.0 mL). The
combined EtOAc solution was dried (MgSO,) and filtered, the
filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness, the residue
was chromatographed on silica gel to give 0.49 g (75%) of 4-
(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine. mp 197-199°C; 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13)
S_1.25-1.59 (m, 8H) , 2. 08 (s, 3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H) , 3 .68-3. 79
(m, 1H), 4.32-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.88 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.49
(m, 3H), 8.40-8.44 (dd, J = 2.2, 8 Hz, 2H), 10.60 (s, 1H); MS
(ES) : 337.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner to
that of Example 1:
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-6-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine.lH NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b-11.37 (s,
1H, pyrrole-NH), 8.45 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.55 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.17
(s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 4.90 (br d, 1H, NH), 4.18 (m, 1H, CH-O),
3.69 (m, 1H, CH-N), 2.40-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.19-1.98 (m, 2H),
2 .25 ~(s, 3H, CH3 ) 1. 68-1.20 (m, 4H) ; MS (ES) : 323 .2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.lH NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_11.37 (s,
1H, pyrrole-NH), 8.40 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 5.96
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
110
(s, 1H, pyrrole-H) , 4.90 (br d, 1H, NH) , 4.18 (m, lii, CH-C~ ,
3.69 ,(m, 1H, CH-N), 2.38-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.18-1.98 (m, 2-),
2.00 (s, 3H, CH3) 1.68-1.20 (m, 4H) ; MS (ES) : 323.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]
pyrimidine. mp 245.5-246.5°C; 'H NMR (200MHz, CD,OD) b 8.33(m,
2H, Ar-H), 7.42 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.02 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz,
pyrolle-H), 6.53 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz, pyrolle-H), 4.26 (m, 1H,
CH-O), 3.62 (m,lH, CH-N), 2.30-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.96 (m,
2H) , 1.64-1.34 (m, 4H) ; MS, M+1=309.3; Anal (C::H_~N;O) C, H,
N.
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-
pyridyl) -7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,)
b_1.21-1.54 (m, BH); 2.28 (s, 3H); 2.33 (s, 3H); 3.70 (m,
1H) , 4. 31 (m, 1H) , 4. 89 (d, 1H) , 7.40 (m, 1H) , 8 .61 (m, 2H) ,
9.64 (m, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
4-'(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-furyl)-
7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1;) b 1 . 26-
1. 64 (m, 8H) , 2.22 (s, 3H) , 2.30 (s, 3H) , 3 . 72 (m, 1H) , 4.23
(m, 1H), 4.85 (d, 1H), 6.52(m, 1H), 7.12 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m,
1H) , 9.28 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 327.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-furyl)-
7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1. 25-
1.63 (m, 8 H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.71.(m, 1H), 4.20
(m, 1H), 4.84 (d, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 7.45(m, 1H), 8.13(m,
1H) , 10.38 (m, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 327.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2
cyclopentyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. =H NMR (200 MHz,
CDC1~) b 1.26-2.04 (m, 16 H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.27 ~(s, 3H),
3.15(m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.75(d, 1H); MS
(ES) : 329.2 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
111
4- (4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl) amino-5, 6-dimethyl-2- (2-~.._e.~.~._v
-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidin-4-amine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC_3)
1.28-1.59 (m, 8H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.74 (m, 1H),
4.19 (m, 1H), 4.84 (d, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.85
(m, 1H) , 9.02 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 343 .2 (M-+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-
thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13)
S 1.21-1.60 (m, 8H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 3.66 (m,
1H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.86 (m, 1H), 8.09 (m, 1H),
11.23 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 343.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-
fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz,
CDC13) b 1.26- 1.66 (m, 8H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.73
(m, 1H) , 4.33 (m, 1H) , 4 .92 (d, 1H) , 7.13 (m, 2H) , 8.41 (m,
2H) , 11.14 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 355.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5 ,6-dimethyl-2-(3-
fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz,
CDC13) S 1.26-1.71 (m, 8H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.30(s, 3H), 3.72
(m, 1H) , 4 .30 (m, 1H) , 4 .90 (d, 1H) , 1H) 7.39 (m,
7. 09 (m, ,
1H), 8.05 (m, 1H), 8.20 (m, 1H), 10.04 (s. 1H); MS (ES):
355.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2
fluorophenyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz,
CDC13) b 1.30-1.64 (m, 8H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.73
(m, 1H) , 4.24 (m, 1H) , 4 . 82 (d, 1H) , 7.28 (m, 2H) , 8 .18 (m,
1H) , 9.02 (m, 1H) , 12.20 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 355.3 (M'+1) .
4-(4-~trans-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl
7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b . 1.31 (d,
J - 7.0 Hz, 6H), 1.30-1.65 (m, 8H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s,
3H) , 3 . O1 (m, J = 7. 0 Hz, 1H) , 3 . 71 (m, 1H) , 4 . 14 (m, 1H) ,
4.78 (d, 1H); MS (ES): 303.2.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
112
d1-4-(2-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dime:.'.'.~.vi-
isopropyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine 'H NMR (200 M.uz, C~~I~)
d 1.31-1.42 (br, 4H), 1.75-1.82 (br, 4H), 2.02 is, 3H), ...
(s, 3H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 4.02 (m, 1H), 5.08 (d, 1H), 7.41-7.48
S (m, 3H), 8.30 (m, 2H), 10.08 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 337.2 (M+-1).
4-(3,4-traps-dihydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyi-2-phenyi-
7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 353.2 (M++1).
4-(3,4-cis-dihydroxylcyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-
7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 353.2 (M++1) .
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
mp 196-199°C; 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b_1.72 (s, 3H) , 1.97 (s,
3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 5.63 (br, 1H),
7.44-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.36-8.43 (dd, J = 1 Hz, 7 Hz, 2H), 10.76
(s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 324.5 (M'+1) .
d1-4-(2-traps-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-
7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine.'
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b-1.62 (m, 2H) , 1.79 (br, 4H) , 1.92
(s, 3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H) , 4.11 (m, 1H) , 4.23 (m, 1H) , 5.28 (d,
1H), 7.41-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.22 (m, 2H), 10.51 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
323.2 (M'+1) .
' For preparation of 2-traps-hydroxycyclopentylamine, see PCT
9417090. '
d1-4-(3-traps-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-
7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine . '
-H NMR (200 Ngiz,' CDC1~) b_1.58-1.90 (br, 6 H, ) , 2.05 ' (s, 3H) ,
2.29 (s, 3H), 4.48-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.91-5.01 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.46
(m, 3H), 8.42-8.47 (m, 2H), 10.11 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 323.2
(M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
113
For preparation of 3-tracts-hydroxycyclopentylamine, see C_-
A-322242.
d1-4-(3-cis-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenvl-
7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b_1.82-2.28 (br, 6H), 2.02 (s, 3H),
2.30 (s, 3H), 4.53-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.95-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.85-5.93
(d, 1H), 7.35-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.42-8.46 (m, 2H), 10.05 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 323.2 (M'+1) .
' For preparation of 3-cis-hydroxycyclopentylamine, see EP-A-
322242.
4-(3,4-traps-dihydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl
-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine.' 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 1 . 92-
1.99 (br, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.20 (br, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H),
2.41-2.52 (br, 2H), 4.35 (m, 2H), 4.98 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.47 (m,
3H) , 8.38-8.42 (m, 2H) , 9.53 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 339.2 (M'+1) .
For preparation of 3,4-traps-dihydroxycyclopentylamine, see
PCT 9417090.
4-(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b-2.02 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t,
2H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 5.75-5.95 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.48 (m, 3H),
'_5 8.37-8.41 (m, 2H) , 10.42 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 310.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-N-cyclopropylmethylamino-3-oxopropyl)amino-.5,6-dimethyl-
2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CD,OD)
b_0.51 (q, 2H), 0.40 (q, 2H), 1.79-1.95 (br, 1H), 2.36 (s,
3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.72 (t, 2H), 2.99 (d, 2H), 4.04 (t, 2H),
7.58-7.62 (m, 3H), 8.22-8.29 (m, 2H); MS (ES): 364.2 (M'+1).
4-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine 'H NMR (200 MHz, CD,OD) b 2.31 (s,
3H) , 2.38 (s, 3H) , 4.26 (s, '2H) , 7.36 (m, 3H.) , 8.33 (m, 2H) ;
MS (ES) : 396.1 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
114
4-(2-N-methylamino-2-oxoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phe.~.y'_-~r
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. ~H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b_1 .99 (s,
3H), 2.17 .(s, 3H), 2.82 (d, 3H), 4.39 (d, 2H), 5.76 (t, =H),
6.71 (br, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.40 (m, 2H), _0.60' is,
1H) ; MS (ES) : 310.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-tert-butyloxyl-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyi-2-phenyl-
7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) ~-1.45 is,
9H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t, 2H), 4.01 (q, ~H),
5.78 (t, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.22-8.29 (m, 2H); MS (ES):
367.2 (M'+1) .
4-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 1.92 (s,
3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H) , 3 . 81-3 . 98 (br, 4H) , 5.59 (t, 1H) , 7.39-
7.48 (m, 3H), 8.37 (m, 2H), 10.72 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 283.1
(M'+1) .
4-(3-hydroxypropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 1. 84 (m,
2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.96 (m, 2H),
3.35 (t, 1H), 7.39-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.36 (m, 2H), 10.27 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 297.2 (M-+1) .
4-(4-hydroxybutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo
[2, 3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1.71-1.82 (m, 4H) ,
1.99 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.80 (m, 4H), 5.20 (t, 1H),
7.41-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.41(m, 2H), 10.37 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 311.2
(M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-acetylaminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-
7H-pyzrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(4-traps-methylsulfonylaminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-
2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
115
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-%-;=-
phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(4-traps-hydoxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-.
S phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(3-pyridylmethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-
phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(2-methylpropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-
phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
Example 2:
To a stirred suspension of triphenylphosphine (0.047 g, 0.179
mmol) and benzoic acid ( 0 . 022 g, 0 .179 mmol ) in TFiF ( 1 . 0 mL)
cooled to 0°C was added 4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-
5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (0.05 g,
0.149 mmol) at 0°C. Diethyl azodicarboxylate (0.028 ml, 0.179
mmol) was then added dropwise over 10 minutes. The reaction
was then allowed to warm to room temperature. After reaction
was complete by -TLC the reaction mixture was quenched with
aqueous sodium bicarbonate (3.0 mL). The aqueous phase was
separated and extracted with ether (2 X 5.0 mL). The organic
extracts were combined, dried, and concentrated in vacuo to
dryness. To the residue was added ether (2.0 mL) and hexane
(5.0 mL) whereupon the bulk of the triphenylphosphine oxide
was filtered off. Concentration of the filtrate gave a
viscous oil which was purified by column ,chromatography
(hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1) to give 5.o mg (7.6%) of 4-(4-
cis-benzoyloxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrol,o [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 441.3 (M'+1) . The reaction
also produced 50.0 mg (84%) of 4-(3-cyclohexenyl)amino-5,6-
dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 319.2
(M'+1 ) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
116
Example 3:
To a solution of 4-(4-cis-benzoyloxycyclohexyl)a~:ino-9,c-
dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (5.0 mg, 0.0=14
mmol ) in ethanol ( 1. 0 mL) was added. 10 drops or 2M sodiu;r
S hydroxide. After 1 hr, the reaction mixture was ex~=ac~ec
with ethyl acetate (3 x 5.0 mL) and the organic layer was
dried, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The
residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane: ethyl
acetate=4:1) to give 3.6 mg (94%) of 4-(4-cis-
hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 337.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as
that of Example 3:
4-(3-N,N-dimethyl-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 2.01 (s,
3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.73 (t, 2H), 2.97 (s, 6H), 4.08 (m, 2H),
6.09 (t, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.43 (m, 2H), 10.46 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
4-(2-formylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 2.26 (s,
3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.59-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.88-4.01 (m, 2H),
5.48-5.60 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.57 (m, 3H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.30-8.45
(m, 2H) , 8.82 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 310.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
117
Example 4:
4-(3-tent-butyloxy-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-pheny~-
7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (70.0 mg, 0.191 mmol)) was
dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid:dichloromethane (1:1, 5.0
mL). The resulting solution was stirred at room
temperature for 1 hr. and then refluxed for 2 hr. After
cooling down to room temperature, the mixture was
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was subjected
to preparative thin layer chromatography (EtOAc:hexane:
AcOH=7:2.5:0.5) to give 40.0 mg (68%) of. 4-(3-hydroxy-3-
oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CD,OD) b 2.32 (s, 3H) , 2.38 (s,
3H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 7.55 (m, 3H), 8.24 (m, 2H);
MS (ES) : 311.1 (M'+1) .
The following compound was obtained in a similar manner as
that of Example 4:
4-(3-aminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7X-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 296 .1 (M'+1) , 279.1 (M'-NI33) .
Example 5:
4-(3-hydroxy-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (50.0 mg, 0.161 mmol) was dissolved
?5 in a mixture of N,N-dimethylformamide (0.50 mL), dioxane
(0.50 mL) and water(0.25 mL). To this solution was added
methylamine (0.02 mL, 40% wt in water, 0.242 mmol),
triethylamine (0.085 mL) and N,N,N'N'-tetramethyl uronium
tetrafluoroborate (61.2 mg, 0.203 mmol). After stirring at
room temperature for 10 min, the solution was concentrated
and the residue was subjected to preparative thin layer
chromatography (EtOAc) to give 35.0 mg (67%) of 4-(3-N-methyl-
3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200MHz,CDC13) b 1.92
(s,
3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.65 2H), 4.08(t, 2H), 5.90 (t, 1H),
(t,
6. 12 (m, 1H) , 7.45 (m, 3H) 8.41 (m, 2H) 10.68 (s, 1H) ;
, , MS
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
118
(ES) : 311.1 (M'+1 ) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as
that of Example 5:
4-(2-cyclopropanecarbonylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 350.2 (M-+1).
4-(2-isobutyrylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
4-(3-propionylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) S 1 . 00-1 . 08
(t, 3H), 1.71-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.26-
3.40 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.96 (m, 2H), 5.53-5.62 (m, 1H),_6.17-6.33
(m, 1H), 7.33-7.57 (m, 3H), 8.31-8.39 (m, 2H), 9.69 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
4-(2-methylsulfonylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 2.18 (s,
3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 3.39-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.88
(m, 2H), 5.31-5.39 (m, 1H), 6.17-6.33 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.43 (m,
3H), 8.20-8.25 (m, 2H), 9.52 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 360.2 (M'+1).
Example 6:
A mixture of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine (0.70 g, 2.72 mmol) and 1,2-diaminoethane (10.0
mL, 150 mmol) was refluxed under inert atmosphere for 6 hr.
The excess amine was removed in vacuo, the residue was washed
sequentially with ether and hexane to give 0.75 g (98%) of 4-
(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo,[2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) ; 282.2 (M'+1) , 265.1 (M'-NH3) .
Example 7:
To a solution of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-
7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (70.0 mg, 0.249 mmol) and
triethylamine (50.4 mg, 0.498 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
119
mL) was added propionyl chloride (25.6 mg, 0.024 m~, ,;.
mmol) at 0'C. After 1 hr, the mixture was concentrated _..
vacuo and,the residue was subjected to preparative thin laye.
chromatography (EtOAc) to give 22,0 mg (26%) o_' 4-(2-
propionylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as
that of Example 7:
4-(2-N'-methylureaethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H
pyrrolo [ 2 , 3 d] pyrimidine . 'H NMR ( 2 0 0 MHz , CDC1 ~ ) b 2 . 13 ( s ,
3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.53 (d, 3H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.88 (m, 2H),
4.29 (m, 1H), 5.68 (t, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 8.36
(dd, 2H) , 9.52 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 339.3 (M'+1) .
4-(2-N'-ethylureaethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 353.2 (M'+1).
Example 8:
To a solution of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodi-
imide hydrochloride (41.1 mg, 0.215 mmol), dimethylamino-
pyridine (2.4 mg, 0.020 mmol) and pyruvic acid (18.9 mg,
0.015 mL, 0.215 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added
4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine (55.0 mg, 0.196 mmol). The mixture was stirred at
room temperature for 4 hr. Usual workup. and column
chromatography (EtOAc) then gave 10.0 mg (15°s) of 4-(2'-
pyruvylamidoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-~2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.. MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
Examp'1 a 9
To a solution of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-
7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (60.0 mg, 0.213 mmol) in
dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added N-trimethylsilyl
isocyanate (43.3 mg, 0.051 mL, 0.320 mmol). The mixture was
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
120
stirred at room temperature for 3 hr followed by adc_t_o::
aqueous sodium bicarbonate. After fyltration thro~.~cn sna_1
amount of silica gel, the filtrate was concentrated yn vacuc
to dryness to give 9.8 mg (14%) of 4-(2-ureaethyl)amino-5,e-
dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine. MS (ES): ;25.2
(M'+1 ) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as
that of Example 9:
dI-4-(2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1 .28-1 .32
(d, J=8 Hz, 3 H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H)
3.76-3.83 (m, 2H), 4.10-4.30 (m, 1H), 5.60-5.66 (t, J=6 H2,
1H) , 7.40-7.51 (m, 3H) , 8.36-8.43 (m, 2H) , 10. 83 (s, 1H) ; MS
(ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
(R)-4-(2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1 .31 (d,
3H) , 1.66 (s, 3H) 1.99 (s, 3H) , 2.31 (s, 3H) , 3 . 78-3 .83 (m,
2H), 4.17-4.22 (m, 1H), 5.67 (t, 1H), 7.38-7.5 (m, 3H), 8.39
(m, 2H), 10.81 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 338.2 (M'+1).
(R)-4-(1-methyl-2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. -H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b
1.41 (d, 3H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 3.46-
3.52 (br, m, 2H),, 4.73 (m, 1H), 5.22 (d, 1H), 7.41-7.46 (m,
3H) , 8.36-8.40 (m, 2H) , 8.93 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
(S)-4-(2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1 .31 (d,
3H), 1.66 (s, 3H) 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 3.78-3.83 (m,
2H), 4'.17-4.22 (m, 1H), 5.67 (t, 1H), 7.38-7.5 (m, 3H), 8.39
(m, 2H) , 8.67 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
(S)-4-(1-methyl-2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NNgt (200 MHz, CDC1,) b
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
121
1.41 (d, 3H),1.68 (s, 3H), 2.05 3H), 2.32 (s, 3::), _.
(s,
3 . 52 (m, 4 (m, 1H) , 5 .22 1 H) , 7 . 41-7 . 46
2H) , . (d, im, _... ,
73
8.36-8.40 2H), 10.13 (s, 1H); (ES): 338.2 (M-+1).
(m, MS
Example 10:
Reaction of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine with the mixture of d1-1-amino-2-(1,~-dimethyl
ethoxy)carbonylamino-propane and dl-2-amino-1-(1,1-dimethyl
ethoxy)carbonylamino-propane was run in a similar manner as
that of Example 1. The reaction gave a mixture of d1-4 - ( 1-
methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino)ethylamino-5,6-
dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine and dl-4-(2-
methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino)ethylamino-5,6-
dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine which were
separated by column chromatography (EtOAc:hexanes=1:3). The
first fraction was d1-4-(1-methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)
carbonylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine: 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) S 1 . 29 - 1.38
(m, 12 H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H) 3.34-3.43 (m, 2H),
4.62-4.70 (m, 1H), 5.36-5.40 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (br, 1H),
7.37-7.49(m, 3H), 8.37-8.44(m, 2H), 10.75 (s, 1H). MS 396.3
(M'+1) ; The second fraction was d1-4- (2- (1, 1-
dimethylethoxy)carbonylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine: -H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1_,) S
?S 1.26-1.40 (m, 12 H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H) 3.60-3.90 (m,
2H), 3.95-4.10 (m, 1H), 5.41-5.44 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.65(br,
1H), 7.40-7.46(m, 3H), 8.37-8.44(m, 2H), 10.89 (s, 1H); MS
(ES) : 396.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as
that of Example 10:
(S,S)-4-(2-acetylaminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-
7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b_1 .43 (m,
4 H), 1.60 (s, 3 H), 1.83 (m, 2 H), 2.18 (s, 3 H), 2.30 (m,
2 H), 2.32 (s, 3 H), 3.73 (br, 1H), 4.25 (br, 1H), 5.29 (d,
1H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.35-8.40 (m, 2H), 9.05 (s, 1 H).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
122
4-(2-methyl-2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phen~~__
7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d) pyrimidine . -H NMR ( 200 MHz , CDCI _: ) b_1 . 51 ( s ,
6H), 1.56 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 3.76 (d, 2ri),
5.78 (t, 1H) , 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H) , 7. 93 (s, 1H) , 8.39 (m, 2H) ,
10.07 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 352.3 (M~+1) .
Example 11:
d1-4-(1-methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl aminoethyl)
amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine (60.6
mg, 0.153 mmol) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (0.5
mL) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) for 14 hr. The organic
solvent was removed in vacuo to dryness. The residue was
dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (2.0 mL) and triethylamine
(2.0 mL). To the solution at 0°C was added acetic anhydride
(17.2 mg, 0.016, 0.169 mmol). The resulted mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 48 hr and then concentrated
in vacuo to dryness. The residue was subjected to preparative
thin layer chromatography (EtOAc) to give 27.0 mg (52%) of
dl-4-(1-methyl-2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b
1.38-1.42 (d, J=8 Hz, 3 H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 2.32
(s, 3H) 3.38-3.60 (m, 2H), 4.65-4.80 (m, 1H), 5.23-5.26 (d,
J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.51(m, 3H), 8.37-8.43(m, 2H), 10.44 (s,
1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
Example 12:
(R,R)-4-(2-aminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine, prepared in a similar manner as
that of Example 1 from 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine (0.15 g, 0.583 mmol) and (1R, 2R)-(
-1,2-diaminocyclohexane (0.63 g, 5.517 mmol), was treated
with ~riethylamine (0.726 g, 7.175 mmol) and acetic anhydride
(0.325 g, 3.18 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10.0 mL) at
room temperature for 2 hr. After removal of solvent in vacuo,
ethyl acetate (10.0 mL) and water (10.0 mL) were added to the
residue. The mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
123
extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10.0 mL) . The co~rb=:~e~
ethyl acetate solution was dried (MgSO, ) and f i1 ~er ec . ':''.::e
filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness and the re s cue
was subjected to column chromatography (EtOAc:Hexane=1:1) to
give 57. 0 mg (26°s) of (R, R) -4- (2-acetyiaminocyclohexyl ) amino
5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. =H NMR
(200 MHz, CDC13) b_1.43 (m, 4 H) , 1.60 (s, 3 H) , 1 .84 (m, 2
H), 2.22 (s, 3 H), 2.30 (m, 2 H), 2.33 (s, 3 H), 3.72 (br,
1H), 4.24 (br, 1H), 5.29 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.35
8.39 (m, 2H) , 8.83 (s, 1 H) ; MS (ES) : 378.3 (M'+1) .
Example 13:
To a solution of 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-
phenyl-7X-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (40.0 mg, 0.141 mmol) in
pyridine (1.0 mL) was added acetic anhydride (0.108 g, 1.06
mmol) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for
4 hr and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was
subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography
(EtOAc:hexane=1:1) to give 32.3 mg (71%) of 4-(2-
acetyloxyethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b_1.90 (s, 3H) , 2.08 (s,
3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 4.45 (t, 2H), 5.42 (m, 1H),
7.41-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.42(m, 2H), 11.23 (s, 1H).
Example 14:
A solution of Fmoc-Q-Ala-OH (97.4 mg, 0.313 mmol) and oxalyl
chloride (39.7 mg, 27.3 ~L, 0.313 mmol) in dichloromethane
(4.0 mL) with 1 drop of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at
0°C for 1 hr followed by addition of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-
5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (80.0 mg,
0.285 mmol) and triethylamine (57.6 mg, 79.4 JCL, 0.570 mmol)
at 0°C. After 3 hr, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and
the residue was treated with the solution of 20% piperidine
in N,N-dimethylforamide (2.0 mL) for 0.5 hr. After removal of
the solvent in vacuo, the residue was washed with diethyl
ether:hexane (1:5) to give~3.0 mg (3%) of 4-(6-amino-3-aza-4-
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
124
oxohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrroloi~,3c:
pyrimidine. MS (ES): 353.2 !M'+1).
Example 15:
~ A solution of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (~0.0 mg, 0.249 mmol) and succinic
anhydride (27.0 mg, 0.274 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 mL)
with 1 drop of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at room
temperature for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with
20% sodium hydroxide (3 x 5.0 mL). The aqueous solution was
acidified with 3 M hydrochloride to pH - 7Ø The whole
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The
combined organic solution was dried (MgSO,) and filtered. The
filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness to give 15.0 mg
(16%) of 4-(7-hydroxy-3-aza-4,7-dioxoheptyl)amino-5,6-
dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 382.2
(M'+1 ) .
EXample 16:
To 10 mL of dimethylformamide (DMF) at room temperature were
added 700 mg of 4-cis-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-2-phenyl-
5,6-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine followed by 455 mg of
N-Boc glycine, 20 mg of N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), 293
mg of hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) and 622 mg of 1-(3-
dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarboiimide hydrochloride (EDC1).
The reaction mixture was left stirring overnight. DMF was
then removed under reduced pressure and the reaction mixture
was partitioned between 20mL of ethyl acetate and 50mL of
water. The aqueous portion was extracted further with 2x20mL
of ethyl acetate and the combined organic portions were
washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,
filtered and concentrated. Purification on silica gel,
eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane gave 410 mg of the desired
product: 4-(cis-3-(N-t-butoxycarbonyl-2-aminoacetoxy)
cyclopentyl) amino-2-phenyl-5,6,-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine, MS (ES) (M'+1)=480.2. The ester was then treated
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
125
with 5 mL of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichlorome~~a::~ a~
room temperature, left over night and then concept=a~ec.
Trituration with ethyl acetate gave 300 mg of an of= wr_te
solid; 4 - ( cis-3 - ( 2 -aminoacetoxy) cyclopentyl ) amino- 5 , 6 -dime
t'.~.y
1-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine trifluoroacetic acid
salt, MS (ES) (M'+1)=380.1.
One skilled in the art will appreciate that the following
compounds can be synthesized by the methods disclosed above:
4-(cis-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'+1) = 323 . 1 .
4-(cis-3-(2-aminoacetoxy)cyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d] pyrimidinetrifluoroacetic acid salt
MS (ES) (M'+1) = 380.1 .
4-(3-acetamido)piperidinyl-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine
MS (ES) (M'+1)= 364.2.
4-(2-N'-methylureapropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine, MS (ES) (M'+1) =353 .4 .
4-(2-acetamidobutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine,
MS (ES) (M'+1) = 352 .4 .
4-(2-N'-methylureabutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine
MS (ES) (M'+1) = 367. 5
4-(2-aminocyclopropylacetamidoethyl)amino-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'+1) = 309.1.
4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-7H-
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
126
pyrrolo (2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M-+_)=342.8.
4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-fluorcphenyl)-?H-
pyrroio (2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'*.) =327. 2.
4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(4-pyridyl)-?H-
pyrYolo (2, 3dJ pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'*1 ) =310.2.
Example 17
Scheme IX
Cl Cl CI
\ ----~ ~ \/J~ N \ Br
1~ ~
I \ N N I \ N~ N \ ~ N, N/ -
H ~ O~O I ~ ~O
.. O
Cl O
H
--
N' \ O
I \ N~ N ~ NH
O~O N \ p
\ N~ Ni
:r I H a
i
30 The pyrrole nitrogen of (7) (Scheme IX) was protected with
di-t-butyldicarbonate under basic conditions to yield the
corresponding carbamate (22). Radica? bromination of (22)
proceeded regioselectively to yield bromide (23). In
general, compound (23) served as a key electrophilic
>> intermediate for various nucleophilic coupling partners.
Displacement of the alkyl bromide with sodium phenolate
trihydrate yielded compound (24). Subsequent displacement of
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
127
the aryl chloride and removal of the t-butyl carba;r~a~e
protecting group occurred in one step yielding des_red
compound (25).
Detailed Synthesis of Compounds (22)-(25) in Accordance with
Scheme IB CI
H
N~ -N
_ O
O
IS
Di-t-butyl dicarbonate (5.37 g, 24.6 mmol) and dimethyl
aminopyridine (1.13 g, 9.2 mmol) were added to a solution
containing (7) (1.50 g, 6.15 mmol) and pyridine (30 mL).
After 20 h the reaction was concentrated and the residue was
partitioned between CH,C1_ and water. The CH,C1= layer was
separated, dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated to
yield a black solid. Flash chromatography (Si02; 1/9
EtOAc/Hexanes, Rf 0.40) yielded 1.70 g (80%) of a white solid
(22) . 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_8.50 (m, 2H, Ar-H) , 7.45 (m,
3H, Ar-H), 6.39 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 2.66 (s, 3H,pyrrole-CH3),
1.76 (s, 9H,
carbamate-CH;) ; MS, M
+ 1 = 344.1; Mpt - N ~ Br.
175-177°C.
~N N
O
O
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
128
N-Bromosuccinimide (508 mg, 2.86 mmol) and AIBN (1.2 m7, C.66
mmol) were added to a solution containing (22) (935 mg, ...7_
mmol) and CC1, (50 mL). The solution was heated to re=_ux.
After 2 h the reaction was cooled to room temperature anc
concentrated in vacuo to yield a 'white solid. .'ash
chromatography (Si02; 1/1 CH,C1,/Hexanes, RF 0.30) yielded 960
mg (84%) of a white solid (23) . 1H NMR (200 Ngiz, CDCI z) x_6.52
(m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.48 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.76 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H),
4.93 (s, 2H,pyrrole-CXzBr) , 1.79 (s, 9H, carbamate-CH:) ; MS,
M + 1 = 423.9; Mpt = 155-157°C.
CI
N O
1~
N N
~O
O
I 24
Sodium phenoxide trihydrate (173 mg, 1.02 mmol) was added in
one portion to a solution of bromide (23) (410 mg, 0.97 mmol)
dissolved in CH,C1_ (5 mL) and DMF (10 mL) . After 2 h the
reaction solution was partitioned between CH,C1- and water.
The water layer was extracted with CH,C1,. The combined CH, C1,
layers were washed with water, dried over MgSO" filtered and
concentrated to yield a yellow solid. Flash chromatography
(Si02; 1/6 EtOAc/Hexanes, Rf 0.30) yielded 210 mg (50%) of a
white solid (24). 1H NMR (200 l~iz, CDC13) b_8.53 (m, 2H, Ar-
H), 7.48 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.34 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.03 (m, 3H, Ar-
H) , 6. 83 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H) , 5.45 (s, 2H, ArCH,O) , 1.76 (s,
9H, carbamate-CH;) ; MS, M' - 436.2.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
129
O
HN
J
NH
N/
\N Hi
.5
A solution containing (24) (85 mg, 0.20 mmol), N-
acetylethylenediamine (201 mg, 1.95 mmol) and DMSO (3 mL) was
heated to 100'C. After 1 h the temperature was raised to
130'C. After 3 h the reaction was cooled to room temperature
and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The water layer was
extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined EtOAc layers are
washed with water, dried over MgSO" filtered and
concentrated. Flash chromatography (Si02; 1/10 EtOH/ CHC1_,
Rf 0.25) yielded 73 mg (93%) of a white foamy solid (25) . 1H
NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) S 11.81 (br s, 1H, N-H) , 8.39 (m, 2H,
Ar-H), 8.03 (br t, 1H, N-H), 7.57 (br t, 1H, N-H), 7.20 -
7.50 (m, 5H, Ar-H) , 6.89 - 7. 09 (m, 3H, Ar-H) , 6 . 59 (s, 1H,
pyrrole-H), 5.12 (s, 2H, ArCH:O), 3.61 (m, 2H, NCH_.), 3.36 (m,
2H, NCH-) , 1.79 (s, 3H, COCH;) ; MS, M+ 1 = 402 . 6
The following compounds were obtained in a manner similar to
that of Example 17:
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-6-phenoxymethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. mp 196-197°C; MS (ES) : 401 . 6 (M'+1) .
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)methyl-2
phenyl;7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS(ES): 420.1 (M'+1).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
130
4-(2-acetylam_noethyl)amino-6-(4-chlorophencxy~mei~wI-=-
phenyl -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (~S) : 435.. (M'-1' .
4- (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6- (4-methoxypher.cxy)~ret'.~.y. ..
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 432. _ ;~!'-.' .
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-o-(N-pyridin-2-one)methyl ..
phenyl- 7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine . MS (ES) : 403 . ~ (M'+1 ) .
4- (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6- (N-phenylamino> met:-~y_-..-phew=-
7H-pyrrolo[2,3]pyrimidine. MS(ES): 400.9 (M'+1).
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-6-(N-methyl-N-phenylam_no)methy-
2-phenyl - 7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine . MS (ES) : 414 . 9 (M-+1 ) .
4-(2-N'-methylureaethyl)amino-6-phenoxymethyl-2-phenyl-7H-
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 416. 9 (M'+1) .
Example 18: Synthesis of adenosine A1 Antagonists.
Compound 1319 and Compound 1320 (Table 13 below) can be
synthesized by the general procedures herein.
HO~~I
CI
NH
N ~
X I ~ N ~ N
N I ~
H X W N
/ I H
Compound 26 X = F Compound X319
.Compound 27 X = C1 Compound 1320
Compound 1319 (81%) 'H-NMR (d;-DMSO) d 1.37 (m, 4H), 1.93 (m,
2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 4.11 (brs, 1H), 4.61 (d, 1H, J = 4.4 Hz),
6.59 (m, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.49 (dd, 1H, J =
BHz, l4Hz), 8.03 (m, 1H), 8.18 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 11.55 (brs,
1H) . MS (ES) : 327.0 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
131
Comoo~,uld 1320 (31e) M5 (ES) : 343.1 tM-+1) .
Example 19: Synthesis of adenosine A1 Antagonist.
Compound 1321 (Table 13 below) can be synthesized by :.tee
~ general procedures given below.
0 off ~I Ho,,~
~ ~ I
MCO ''' CN ~ HCI N % \ HCI N ~ \ ~Ni,
JOEL II ' N H r I~N~ -"~ N ~,
N
Et0 N ~ N / H I I
n,~N
I H
28 29 Nr
:.o:rp~u:~~ 1.2 i
Compound 28 (10.938, 50.76 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (67
mL). 4-Amidinopyridine hydrochloride (8.0g, 50.76 mmol) and
DBU (15.4 g, 101.5 mmol) were added sequentially and the
reaction was heated to 85°C. After 22 hours, the reaction was
cooled to room temperature and the DMF was removed in vacuo.
The dark oil was diluted with 2M HC1 (80 mL) . The reaction
was allowed to stand. After 2 hours, the solution was cooled
to 10°C and filtered. The solid was washed with cold water
and dried to yield 7.408 of a yellow solid, Compound 29
~5 (69%) . 'H-NN~ (200N~iz, d~-DMSO) d 6.58 (s, 1H) , 7.27 (s, 1H) ,
8.53 (d, 2H, J = 5.6), 9.00 (d, 2H, J = 5.2Hz), 12.35 (brs,
1H) . MS (ES) : 212.8 (M'+1) .
Compound 29 (7.4 mmol, 29.8 mmol) was diluted .with POCl,and
heated to 105°C. After 18 hours, the reaction is cooled to
room temperature and the POCl3is removed in vacuo. The thick
dark oil is diluted with MeOH (75mL) followed by ether
(120mL). The amorphous red solid is filtered and washed with
ether to yield 3.82 g of a red solid. The crude solid is
!5 approximately 80% pure and used without further purification
in the next reaction. MS (ES): 230.7 (M'+1).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
132
Compound 1321 'H-NMZ ('-5%) (200MH,
d.-DMSO)
d 1.38
ir;.,
.~-.
,
1.92 (brs, 2H) , 2.02 (brs, 2H) , (brs, 1H) , 4 .14 (bas,
3.44
1H), 4.56 (d, 1H, J = 4 Hz), 6.63 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 1H), ..3~
(d, 1H, J = 6.2 Hz) , 8.20 4.4 Hz) , 8. c5 (d,
(d, 2'.-'.'.,
2H,
J =
J - 4.4Hz) , 11.67 (br s, 1H) MS (ES) 310.2 (M'T1) .
. :
Compound 1501 (Table 15 below) 'H-NMR (70s) (200MHz, CD~OD' c
1.84 (s, 3H), 3.52 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.83, t, 2~:, J = 0.0
Hz), 6.51 (d, 1H, J = 3.4Hz), 7.06 (d, 1H, J = 3.8 Hz), ..42
(m, 3H) , 8.36 (m, 2H) . MS (ES) : 296. 0 (M'+1) .
Compound 1502 (Table 15 below) MS (ES): 345.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1500 (Table 15 below) 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC13) d 1.40
1~ - 1.80 (m, 6H), 1.85 - 2.10 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s,
3H), 2.50 (d, 3H), 3.90 - 4.10 (m, 2H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 5.50 (d,
1H), 6.03 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, 3H), 8.37 (m, 2H), 9.15 (brs,
1H) . MS (ES) : 393.3 (M-+1) .
Example 20: Synthesis of adenosine Al Antagonist.
Compound 1504 (Table 15 below) can be synthesized by the
general procedures given below.
HO/~
CI CI
2j NH
N
N ~ \ _' I ~ \ .-.~ N
N N
N BOC B~ ~ N BOC ~~ ~ I N~ N N
31 32 S ~ / H
S
Compound 1504
3U Compound 31 (200 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (4 mL).
Triethylamine (51 mg, 0.5mmo1) and thiomorpholine (52 mg,
0.5mmo1) were added sequentially. The solution was mixed for
several minutes and allowed to stand for 72 hours. The
reaction was diluted with DCM and H=0 and the layers were
3~ separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The
combined DCM layers were dried over MgSO~, filtered and
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
133
concentrated. Ethyl e~he= was added ;.o the crude sample a::~
the resulting solid was filtered to yield 100mQ ~= a w;~e
solid, 32 (62°-.) . 'HIJMR (200Ngiz, CDCI;) d 1.70' (s, 9H) , 2.6c'
(brs, 2H) , 2.79 (brs, 2H) , 3.86 (s, 2H) , 7.40' w., 3H; , 8.50
(m, 2H). .
Compound 32 was combined with DMSO (3m~) an3
traps-4-aminocyclohexanol (144mg, 1.25 mmol) and heated ~o
130°C for 4 hours. The reaction was cooled ;.o Yoom
temperature, and diluted with EtOAc and H,O. The layers were
separated and the aqueous layer was extracted wi=h E~OAc
(2x). The combined crganic layers were washed w.~h H-O and
brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated.
Chromatography (silica, 8:1 CHC13/EtOH) yields 32 mg of a tan
oil. Ethyl ether was added and the resulting solid was
filtered to yield 5 mg of a white solid (9%).OS~C-148265:
'H-NMR (200MHz, CD,OD): d 1.44 (brm, 4H), 2.03 (brm, 2H), 2.21
(brm, 2H), 2.70 (brm, 8H), 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 4.26
(brs, 1H) , 6.42 (s, 1H) , 7.42 (m, 3H) , 8.33 (m, 2H) .
Example 21: Synthesis of adenosine A1 Antagonist.
Compound 1503 (Table 15 below) can be synthesized by the
general procedures given below.
>>
HO~~
CI CI
N \ ~ N \ ~ NH
II ~ ~ I
I \ N BOC Br \ N N N N
I , 80C ~ I
O I \ . N H N
CO 31 33
O
Compound 1503
The bromide, compound 31 (220 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in
1:1 DMF:Dichloromethane (5 mL). To this was added K,CO: (71
mg, 0.~2 mmol) and morpholine (0.047 mL, 0.47 mtriol). The
mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight.
Solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue was
partitioned between H-.0 and dichloromethane. The organic layer
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
134
was d=ied with MgSO~, filtered, and concentrated to c_ve a~
off white solid which upon trituration with ethe_/hexa:~es
gave 175mg of a white solid, 33 (84%). 'H-NMR (200MHz,
CDC1,) : ( 1.9 (9H, s) , 2.54 (4H, s) , 3.65 (4H, s) , 3. 85 (1H,
s), 6.59 (1H, s), 7.45 (3H, m),8.5 (2H, m).
Compound 33 (50 mg, 0.11 mmol) and traps-4-aminocyciohexanol
(105 mg, 0.91 mmol) were taken up in DMSO (2mL). The
resultant solution was sparged with N_ and then heated to
100~C in an oil bath and stirred overnight. The crude reaction
mixture was poured into water and extracted twice with ethyl
acetate (50mL). The combined organic layers were washed with
H=0. After drying with MgSO, and filtering, the organic layer
was concentrated in vacuo to give an orange solid.
1~ Chromatography (silica, 10°s CH,OH in CHzCl~) yielded l5mg
(33%) . 'H-NMR ( 200 MHz, CDC1,) : ( 1.24 - 1.62 (4H, m) , 1 . 85
(2H, m), 2.10 (2H, m), 2.26 (4H, m), 3.53 (4H, m), 4.22 (1H,
m) , 4 .73 (1H, m) , 5. 85 (1H, d) , 6.15 (1H, s) , 7.25 (3H, m) ,
8.42 (2H, M) , 10.0 (1H, s) . MS (ES) : 408 (M' + 1) .
Compounds 1500, 1501, and 1502 can be synthesized using
similar preparation steps of Example 20 by treating compound
32 with an appropriately substituted amine.
30
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
135
Yeast (i-Galactosidase reporter geese assays for human
adenosine A1 and A2, receptor: Yeast strains (S. cerev_s:ae:~
were transformed with human adenosine A. (A,R; CADUS s~_ai::
CY12660) or human AZa (Aaa; CADUS strain CYB362) and the
addition of a lacZ(a-Galactosidase) reporter gene to ~.:t__ize
as a functional readout. A complete description o~ she
transformations is listed below (see Yeast Strains). NECA
(5'-N-ethylcarboxamidoadenosine), a potent adenosine receptor
agonist with similar affinity for A, and Ana receptors, was
used as a ligand for all assays. Test compounds were
examined at 8 concentrations (0.1 - 10,000 nM) for ability to
inhibit NECA-induced a-Galactosidase activity by CY12660 or
CY8362.
Preparation of Yeast Stock Cultures: Each of the respective
yeast strains, CY12660 and CY8362, were streaked onto an LT
agar plate and incubated at 30°C until colonies were observed.
Yeast from these colonies were added to LT liquid (pH 6.8)
and grown overnight at 30°C. Each yeast strain was then
diluted to an OD6ee - 1.0-2.0 (approximately 1-2 X 10
cells/ml), as determined spectrophotometrically (Molecular
Devices VMAX). For each 6 ml of yeast liquid culture, 4 ml of
40% glycerol (1:1.5 vol:vol) was added ("yeast/glycerol
stock"). From this yeast/glycerol stock, ten 1 ml aliquots
were prepared and stored at -80°C until required for assay.
Yeast A, R and A~aR Assay: One vial each of CY8362 and CY12660
yeast/glycerol stock was thawed and used to inoculate
Supplemented LT liquid media, pH 6.8 (92 m1 LT liquid, to
which is added: 5 ml of 40% glucose, 0.45 ml of 1M KOH and
2.5 ml of Pipes, pH 6.8). Liquid cultures were grown 16-18
hr (overnight) at 30°C. Aliquots from overnight cultures were
then diluted in LT media, containing 4U/ml adenosine
deaminase (Type VI or VII from calf intestinal mucosa,
Sigma) , to obtain ODSO~_ = 0.15 (1.5 X 10E cells/ml) for CY8362
(A2aR) and ODEON = 0.50 (5X106 cells/ml) for CY12660 (A1R) .
Assays were conducted with a final volume of 100 u1 in 96-
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
136
well microtiter plates, such that a final concentratior. o.
DMSO Was achieved in all wells. For primary screening,
concentrations of test compounds were utilized (10 uM, luM ).
For compound profiling, 8 concentrations were tested (1000C,
1000, 500, 100, 50, 10, 1 and 0.1 nM) . To eac:: rr,_c=o~ite~
plate, 10 u1 of 20% DMSO was added to "Control " and "Total "
wells while 10 u1 of Test Compound (in 20o DMSO) was added to
"Unknown" wells. Subsequently, 10 u1 of NECA (5 uM for A.R,
1 uM for A~aR) were added to "Total" and "Unknown" wells; 10 u1
of PBS was added to the "Control" wells. In the final
addition, 80 u1 of yeast strain, CY8362 or CY12660, were
added to all wells. All plates were then agitated briefly
(LabLine orbital shaker 2-3 min) and allowed to incubate for
4 hrs. at 30~C in a dry oven.
a-Galactosidase activity can be quantitated using either
colorimetric (e. g., ONPG, CPRG), luminescent (e. g., Galacton-
Star) or fluorometric substrates (e. g., FDG, Resorufin)
substrates. Currently, fluorescence detection is preferred
on the basis of superior signal: noise ratio, relative freedom
from interference and low cost. Fluorescein
digalactopyranoside (FDG, Molecular Probes or Marker Gene
Technologies), a fluorescent (3-Galactosidase substrate, was
added to all wells at 20 ul/well (final concentration - 80
uM). Plates were shaken for 5-6 sec (LabLine orbital shaker)
and then incubated at 37°C for 90 min (95o O,/5% CO,
incubator). At the end of the 90 min incubation period, (3-
Galactosidase activity was stopped using 20 ul/well of 1M
Na=C0~ and all plates shaken for 5-6 sec. Plates were then
agitated for 6 sec and relative fluorescence intensity
determined using a fluorometer (Tecan Spectrafluor;
excitation = 485 nm, emission = 535 nm).
Calculations: Relative fluorescence values for "Control" wells
3~ were interpreted as background and subtracted from "Total" and
"Unknown" values. Compound profiles were analyzed via
logarithmic transformation (x-axis: compound concentration)
followed by one site competition curve fitting to calculate
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
137
IC~-. values (GraphPad Prism) .
Yeast strains: Saccharomyces cerevisiae strains CY12660
[farl*1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 canl stel4::t~l::LYS2 ste3*1156
gpal(41)-Gai3 lys2 ura3 leu2 t=ill: his3; LEU2 PGKp-
MfalLeader-hAlR-PHOSterm 2mu-orig REP3 Ampr) and CY8362
[gpalp-rGasElOK farl*1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 canl stel4::t~~l:
LYS2 ste3*1156 lys2 ura3 leu2 trill his3; LEU2 PGKp-hA2aR 2mu-
ori REP3 Ampr] were developed.
LT Media: LT (Leu-Trp supplemented) media is composed of 100g
DIFCO yeast nitrogen base, supplemented with the following:
1.0g valine, 1.0g aspartic acid, 0.75g phenylalanine, 0.9g
lysine, 0.45g tyrosine, 0.458 isoleucine, 0.3g methionine,
0.6g adenine, 0.4g uracil, 0.3g serine, 0.3g proline, 0.3g
cysteine, 0.3g arginine, 0.9g histidine and 1.0g threonine.
Construction of Yeast Strains Expressing Human A1 Adenosine
Receptor
In this example, the construction of yeast strains expressing
a human A, adenosine receptor functionally integrated into the
yeast pheromone system pathway is described.
I. Expression Vector Construction
To construct a yeast expression vector for the human A1
adenosine receptor, the A= adenosine receptor cDNA was
obtained by reverse transcriptase PCR of human hippocampus
mRNA using primers designed based on the published sequence
of the human A1 adenosine receptor and standard techniques.
The PCR product was subcloned into the NcoI and XbaI sites of
the yeast expression plasmid pMPlS.
The ~iMPlS plasmid was created from pLPXt as follows: The
XbaI site of YEP51 (Broach, J.R. et al. (1983) "Vectors for
high-level, inducible expression of cloned genes in yeast" p.
83-117 in M. Inouye (ed.), Experimental Manipulation of Gene
Expression. Academic Press, New York) was eliminated by
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
138
digestion, end-fill and religation to create Yep~~Nco~Xba.
Another XbaI site was created at the BamHI site by cigesc_c_-.
with BamHI, end-fill, linker (New England Biolabs, # 1080
ligation, XbaI digestion and re-ligation to generate
YEP5INcoXt. This plasmid was digested with Esp3; and N;.c
and ligated to Leu2 and PGKp fragments generated by PCR. The
2 kb Leu2 PCR product was generated by amplification prom
YEP5INco using primers containing Esp31 and BgIII sues. The
660 base pair PGKp PCR product was generated by amplification
from pPGKas (Kang, Y.-S. et al. (1990) Mol. Ceil. Biol.
x:2582-2590) with PCR primers containing BglII and NcoI
sites. The resulting plasmid is called pLPXt. pLPXt was
modified by inserting the coding region of the a-factor pre-
pro leader into the NcoI site. The prepro leader was
IS inserted so that the NcoI cloning site was maintained at the
3' end of the leader, but not regenerated at the 5' end. In
this way receptors can be cloned by digestion of the plasmid
with NcoI and XbaI. The resulting plasmid is called pMPlS.
The pMPlS plasmid into which was inserted the human A1
adenosine receptor cDNA was designated p5095. In this
vector, the receptor cDNA is fused to the 3' end of the yeast
a-factor prepro leader. During protein maturation the prepro
peptide sequences are cleaved to generate mature full-length
receptor. This occurs during processing of the receptor
through the yeast secretory pathway. This plasmid is
maintained by Leu selection (i.e., growth on medium lacking
leucine). The sequence of the cloned coding region was
determined and found to be equivalent to that in the
published literature (GenBank accession numbers S45235 and
S56143 ) .
II. Yeast Strain Coastructioa
To create a yeast strain expressing the human A, adenosine
3~ receptor, yeast strain CY7967 was used as the .starting
parental strain. The genotype of CY7967 is as follows:
MATa gpaD1163 gpal (41) Gai3 far1D1442 tbt-1 FUS1-FiIS3
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
139
canl stel4 : : trpl : : LYS2 ste3D1156 lys2 ura3 le~.:2 _ _ _
his3
The genetic markers are reviewed below:
MATa.......... Mating type a.
gpa1D1163........... The endogenous yeast G-protein GPA1 has
been deleted.
gpal (41) Gai3...... gpal (41) -Gai3 was integrated into the
.. yeast genome. This chimeric Ga protein is
composed of the first 41 amino acids of
the endogenous yeast Ga subunit GPA1 fused
to the mammalian G-protein Gai3 in which
the cognate N-terminal amino acids have
been deleted.
far1D1442............ FART gene (responsible for cell cycle
arrest) has been deleted (thereby
preventing cell cycle arrest upon
activation of the pheromone response
pathway).
tbt-1.................... strain with high transformation efficiency
by electroporation.
FUS1-HIS3......... a fusion between the FUS1 promoter and the
HIS3 coding region (thereby creating a
pheromone inducible HISS gene).
1~ can 1................... arginine/canavinine permease.
stel4::t~l::L gene disruption of STE14, a C-farnesyl
YS2.... methyltransferase (thereby lowering basal
signaling through the pheromone pathway).
ste3D1156............ endogenous yeast STR, the a factor
. pheromone receptor (STE3) was disrupted.
lys2.................... defect in 2-aminoapidate reductase, yeast
need lysine to grow.
ura3................... . defect in orotidine-5' -phosphate
decarboxylase, yeast need uracil to grow
leu2.................... defect in b-isopropylmalate dehydrogenase,
yeast need leucine to grow.
trpl.................... defect in phosphoribosylanthranilate,
yeast need tryptophan to grow.
his3.................... defect in imidazoleglycerolphosphate
dehydrogenase, yeast need histidine to
grow.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
140
Two plasmids we_~e transformed into strain CY?c5-
electroporation: plasmid p5095 (encoding human A- aaenos_ne
receptor;' described above) and plasmid p1584, which is a
FUS1-a-galactosidase reporter gene plasmid. Plasmid c_5d4
was derived from plasmid pRS426 (Chri~stianson, '~.W. et ai.
(1992) Gene 110:119-1122). Plasmid pRS426 contai.~.s a
polylinker site at nucleotides 2004-2016. A fusion between
the FUS1 promoter and the (3-galactosidase gene was inserted
at the restriction sites EagI and XhoI to create plasmid
p1584. The p1584 plasmid is maintained by Trp select_on
(i.e., growth on medium lacking leucine).
The resultant strain.carrying p5095 and p1584, referred to as
CY12660, expresses the human A1 adenosine receptor. To grow
this strain in licruid or on agar plates, minimal media
lacking leucine and tryptophan was used. To perform a growth
assay on plates (assaying FUS1-HISS), the plates were at pH
6.8 and contained 0.5-2.5 mM 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole and
lacked leucine, tryptophan and histidine. As a control for
specificity, a comparison with one or more other yeast-based
seven transmembrane receptor screens was included in all
experiments.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
141
Construction of Yeast Strains Expressiag Human A2a Adenosine
Receptor
In this example, the construction of yeast s~rai:a expressinc
a human A2a adenosine receptor functionally integ=ated ;nto
the yeast pheromone system pathway is described.
I. Expression Vector Construction
To construct a yeast expression vector for the human A2a
adenosine receptor, the human A2a receptor cDNA was obtained
from Dr. Phil Murphy (NIH). Upon receipt of this clone, the
A2a receptor insert was sequenced and found to be identical
to the published sequence (GenBank accession # S46950). The
receptor cDNA was excised from the plasmid by PCR with VENT
polymerase and cloned into the plasmid pLPBX, which drives
receptor expression by a constitutive Phosphoglycerate Kinase
(PGK) promoter in yeast. The sequence of the .entire insert
was once again sequenced and found to be identical with the
published sequence. However, by virtue of the cloning
strategy employed there were three amino acids appended to
the carboxy-terminus of the receptor, GlySerVal.
II. Yeast Strain Construction
To create a yeast strain expressing the human A2a adenosine
receptor, yeast strain CY8342 was used as the starting
''S parental strain. The genotype of CY8342 is as follows:
MATa far1D1442 tbtl-1 lys2 ura3 leu2 trpl his3 fusl-HIS3 canl
ste3D1156 gpaD1163 stel4::trpl::LYS2 gpalp-rGaSElOK (or gpalp-
rGaSD229S or gpalp-rGaSElOK+D229S)
The genetic markers are as described in Example 1, except for
the G-protein variation. For human A2a receptor-expression,
yeast strains were utilized in which the endogenous yeast G
protein GPAl had been deleted and replaced by a mammalian Gas.
Three rat GaS mutants were utilized. These variants contain
one or two point mutations which convert them into. proteins
which couple efficiently to yeast (3Y. They are identified as
G,~ElOK (in which the glutamic acid at position ten is
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
142
replaced with lysine), G,=D229S (in which the aspa=tic ac_~ at
position 229 is replaced with serine) and G,~EI~KtD229S tw'.~._c::
contains both point mutations).
Strain CY8342 (carrying one of the .three mutant rat GAS
proteins) was transformed with either the parental vector
pLPBX (Receptor ) or with pLPBX-A2a (Receptor'). A plasmic
with the FUS1 promoter fused to a-galactosidase coding
sequences (described in above) was added to assess the
magnitude of activation of the pheromone response pathway.
Functional Assay using Yeast Strains Expressing Human A-
Adenosine Receptor
In this example, the development of a functional screening
assay in yeast for modulators of the human A, adenosine
receptor is described.
I. Ligands Used in Assay
Adenosine, a natural agonist for this receptor, as well as
two other synthetic agonists were utilized for development of
this assay. Adenosine, reported to have an ECS~ of
approximately 75 nM, and (-)-N6-(2-phenylisopropyl)-adenosine
(PIA) with a reported affinity of approximately 50 nM were
used in a subset of experiments. 5'-N-ethylcarboxamido
adenosine (NECA) was used in all growth assays. To prevent
signaling due to the presence of adenosine in the growth
media, adenosine deaminase (4U/ml) was added to all assays.
II. Biological Respoase in Yeast
The ability of the A: adenosine receptor to functionally
couple in. a heterologous yeast system was assessed by
introducing the A1 receptor expression vector (p5095,
described above) into a series of yeast strains that
expressed different G protein subunits. The majority of
these transformants expressed Ga subunits of the Gai or Gao
subtype. Additional Ga proteins were also tested for the
possible identification of. promiscuous receptor-Ga protein
coupling. In various strains, a STE18 or a chimeric STE18-
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
143
Gy2 construct was integrated into the genome cf the yeast.
The yeast strains harbored a defective EIS3 gene and ar.
integrated_copy of FUS1-FiIS3, thereby allowing for select_on
in selective media containing 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole (tested
at 0.2, 0.5 and 1.0 mM) and lacking histidine. Traps=ormants
were isolated and monolayers were prepared o:. me~~a
containing 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase
and lacking histidine. Five microliters o. various
concentrations of ligand (e.g., NECA at 0, 0.1, 1.0 and 10
mM) was applied. Growth was monitored for 2 days. Ligand-
dependent growth responses were tested in this manner in the
various yeast strains. The results are summarized in Table
1 below. The symbol (-)- indicates that ligand-dependent
receptor activation was not detected while (+) denotes
l~ ligand-dependent response. The term "LIRMA" indicates liaand
independent receptor mediated activation.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
144
Table 3
Yeast Ga subunit GY Strain Resul~
strain subunit Variants
CY1316 GPA, STE18 -
GPA41-G"I
GPA41-G,_z
1O GPA41-G",
GPA41-Ga,z -G,oe i.I RMA
GPA41-GQs=~ ox
GPA41-Gas=z~ 9s -
X96?:'::.::; :..:::::GPA41-.G~: S. .:: +++
:: :. ..; -:.:: :::.::.:: . .: ;. .
. : ;.:.... ; . . ;::::~E18:;:. . -.
,. 3....::,:.::.:. ::: ,
. .. ... ~tegrated
:: .
CY2120 GPA, STE18 sst2~ +
GPA41-G"1 +
GPA41-G"~ +
GPA41-G,:;
GPA41-Ga,~ -G,oz LIRMA
GPA41-G,sL:ox
GPA41-G,s===9s -
CY9438 GPA, STE18-Gy2 -
GPA41-G,;; +
GPA41-G,:z +
GPA41-Gal; +
GPA41- Ga : z L I RMA
- G,oe
GPA41-G,se: ox -
GPA41-G,so~=a= -
CY10560 GPA.-integrated STE18-Gy2 sst2G ++
As indicated in Table 3, the most robust signaling was found
to occur in a yeast strain expressing the GPA,(41)-Gai3
chimera.
III. fusl-LacZ Assay
To characterize activation of the pheromone response pathway
more fully, synthesis of a-galactosidase through fuslLacZ in
response to agonist stimulation was measured. To perform the
a-galactosidase assay, increasing concentrations of ligand
were added to mid-log culture of human A1 adenosine receptor
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
145
expressed in a yeast strain co-expressing a StelB-G~~2 ch_:,~e=a
and GPAql-Gai3. Transformants were isolated and c_ow-
overnight in the presence of histidine and 4 U/ml adenos_::e
deaminase. After five hours of incubation with 4 U/ml
adenosine deaminase and ligand, induction of ~-calactcs_dase
was measured using CPRG as the substrate for G-galactoside.
5 x 105 cells were used per assay.
The results obtained with NECA stimulation indicated that at
a NECA concentration of 10 8 M approximately 2-Fold
stimulation of (3-galactosidase activity was achieved.
Moreover, a stimulation index of approximately 10-fold was
observed at a NECA concentration of 10 5 M.
1~ The utility of this assay was extended by validation of the
activity of antagonists on this strain. Two known adenosine
antagonist, XAC and DPCPX, were tested for their ability to
compete against NECA (at 5 mM) for activity in the (3-
galactosidase assay. In these assays, (3-galactosidase
induction was measured using FDG as the substrate and 1.6 x
105 cells per assay. The results indicated that both XAC and
DPCPX served as potent antagonists of yeast-expressed A:
adenosine receptor, with IC50 values of 44 nM and 49 nM,
respectively.
In order to determine if this inhibitory effect was specific
to the A1 subtype, a series of complementary experiments were
performed with the yeast-based AZa receptor assay (described
in Example 4). Results obtained with the A,a yeast-based
assay indicated that XAC was a relatively effective A2a
receptor antagonist, consistent with published reports. In
contrast, DPCPX was relatively inert at this receptor, as
expected from published reports.
IV. Radioligand Binding
The A, adenosine receptor assay was further characterized by
measurement of the receptor's radioligand binding parameters.
Displacement binding of (3H)CPX by several adenosine receptor
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
146
reference COtTtpOtlIldS, XAC, DPCPX, and CGS,_ W3S analyZ2d ~.:5_:~~
membranes prepared from yeast expressing the humar.
adenosine receptor. The results with yeast membra~es
expressing the human A1 adenosine receptor were compared to
those from yeast membranes expressing the human A2a adenosine
receptor or the human A3 receptor to examine the speci_icity
of binding. To perform the assay, fifty mg of memb=apes were
incubated with 0.4 nM [3H]CPX and increasing concentrations
of adenosine receptor ligands. Incubation was in 50 mM T~is-
HC1, pH 7.4, 1 mM EDTA, 10 mM MgCl2, 0.25 % BSA and 2 U/ml
adenosine deaminase in the presence of protease inhibitors
for 60 minutes at room temperature. Binding was terminated
by addition of ice-cold 50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.4 plus 10 mM
MgCl2, followed by rapid filtration over GF/B filters
previously soaked with 0.5 % polyethyenimine, using a Packard
96-well harvester. Data were analyzed by nonlinear least
sauare curve fitting procedure using Prism 2.01 software.
The ICSp values obtained in this experiment are summarized in
Table 4, below:
Table 4
~~n f ~Ml
ComDOUnd
XAC 6.6 11.7 53.1
DPCPX 8.5 326.4 1307.0
CGS-15943 13.1 15.8 55.5
NECA 215.5 294.9 34.9
R-PIA 67.6 678.1 23.6
IB-MECA 727.7 859.4 3.1
Alloxozine 1072.0 1934.0 8216.0
These data indicate that the reference compounds have
affinities. consistent with those reported in the literature.
The data further indicate that the yeast-based assays are of
sufficient sensitivity to discriminate receptor subtype
specificity.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
147
Functional Assay using Yeast Strains Expressing a
Adenosine Receptor
In this example, the development of a functional scree.~.ino
assay in, yeast for modulators of the human A_ adenosine
receptor is described. '
I. Ligaads Used in Assay
The natural ligand adenosine, as well as other thorouchlv
characterized and commercially available ligands were used
for study of the human A2a receptor functionally expressed in
yeast. Three ligands have been used in the establishment of
this assay. They include:
~po'' d gi Function
IS Adenosine 500 nM agonist
5'-N-ethylcarboxamidoadenosine 10-15 nM agonist
(NECA) (-) -N6- (2-
phenylisopropyl)-adenosine 100-125 nM agonist
(PIA)
To prevent signaling due to the presence of adenosine in the
growth media, adenosine deaminase (4U/ml) was added to all
assays.
II. Biological Response in Yeast
A2a receptor agonists were tested for the capacity to
stimulate the pheromone response pathway in yeast transformed
with the A2a receptor expression plasmid and expressing
either GaSElOK, GaSD229S or GaSElOK+D229S. The ability of
ligand to stimulate the pheromone response pathway in a
receptor dependent manner was indicated by an alteration in
the yeast phenotype. Receptor activation modified the
phenotype from histidine auxotrophy to histidine prototrophy
(activation of fusl-HIS3). Three independent transformants
were isolated and grown overnight in the presence of
histidine. Cells were washed to remove histidine and diluted
to 2 x 106 cells/ml. 5 ~1 of each transformant was spotted
onto nonselective media (including histidine) or selective
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
148
media (1 mM AT) in the absence or presence c. 4 ;
adenosine deaminase. Plates were grown at 30 'C fog
hours. In the presence of histidine both Recep~or- (R') and
Receptor ~(R ) strains were capable of growth. However, in
the absence of histidine only R+ cells grew. Since no liQand
had been added to these plates two explanations were possible
for this result. One possible interpretation was that the
receptor bearing yeast were at a growth advantage due to
Ligand Independent Receptor Mediated Activation (LIRMA).
Alternatively the yeast could have been synthesizing the
ligand adenosine. To distinguish between these two
possibilities, an enzyme which degrades the ligand, adenosine
deaminase (ADA), was added to the growing yeast and plates.
In the presence of adenosine deaminase R+ cells no longer
grew in the absence of histidine, indicating that the yeast
were indeed synthesizing ligand.
This interpretation was confirmed by an A2a growth assay in
liquid. In this experiment R+ yeast (a GaSElOK strain
expressing the A2a receptor) were inoculated at three
densities (1 x 10° cell/ml; 3 x 105 cells/ml; or 1 x 105
cells/ml) in the presence or absence of adenosine deaminase
(4 U/ml). The stringency of the assay was enhanced with
increasing concentrations (0, 0.1, 0.2 or 0.4 mM)of 3-amino-
1,2,4-triazole (AT), a competitive antagonist of
imidazoleglycerol-P dehydratase, the protein product of the
HIS3 gene. In the presence of adenosine deaminase and 3-
amino-1,2,4-triazole yeast grew less vigorously. However in
the absence of 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, adenosine deaminase
had little effect. Thus adenosine deaminase itself had no
direct effect upon the pheromone response pathway.
An alternative approach to measuring growth and one that can
be miniaturized for high throughput screening is an A2a
3~ receptor ligand spot assay. A GaSElOK strain expressing the
A2a receptor (A2aR+) or lacking the receptor (R-) was grown
overnight in the presence of histidine and 4 U/ml adenosine
deaminase. Cells were washed to remove histidine and diluted
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
149
to 5 x 10° cells/ml. 1 x 10 6cells were spread or.~~
selective plates containing 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase a.~.~
0.5 or 1.0 mM 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole (AT) and allowed ~o d=v
for 1 hour. 5 ~1 of the following reagents were applied to
the monolayer: 10 mM adenosine,' 38.7 mM histidine,
dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), 10 mM PIA or 10 mM NECA. Cel=s
were grown 24 hours at 30°C. The results showed that cells
without receptor could only grow when histidine was added to
the media. In contrast, R+ cells only grew in areas where
the A2a receptor ligands PIA and NECA had been spotted.
Since the plates contained adenosine deaminase, the lack of
growth where adenosine had been spotted confirmed that
adenosine deaminase was active.
III. fuel LacZ Aseay
To quantitate activation of the yeast mating pathway,
synthesis of (3-galactosidase through fuslLacZ was measured.
Yeast strains expressing G~SElOK, C~SD229S or C~SElOK+D229S were
transformed with a plasmid encoding the human A2a receptor
(R+) or with a plasmid lacking the receptor (R-).
Transformants were isolated and grown overnight in the
presence of histidine and 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase. 1 x
107 cells were diluted to 1 x 106 cells/ml and exposed to
increasing concentrations of NECA for 4 hours, followed by
determination of the (3-galactosidase activity in the cells.
The results demonstrated that essentially no Q-galactosidase
activity was detected in R- strains, whereas increasing
amounts of (3-galactosidase activity were detected in R+
strains expressing either G,SElOK, Gz,D229S or GaSElOK+D229S as
the concentration of NECA increased, indicating a dose
dependent increase in units of ~-galactosidase detected in
response to exposure to increased ligand concentration. This
dose dependency was only observed in cells expressing the A2a
receptor. Furthermore the most potent GQS construct~for the
3~ A2a receptor was GQ,ElOK. The GQSD229S construct was the
second-most potent Gas construct for the A2a receptor, while
the G~,ElOK+D229S construct was the least potent of the three
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
150
G,s constt-ucts tested, although even the G,~E_ Oh~L~I ~ S
construct stimulated readily detectable amounts of
galactosidase activity.
For a further description of the assays ident'_'ied, see ;1.S.
Application Serial No. 09/088985, entitled "~'unct_onai
Expression of Adenosine Receptors in Yeast", filed June
1998 (Attorney Docket No. CPI-093), the entire contents o~
which.are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Pharmacological Characterization of the Human Adenosine
Receptor Subtypes
Material and Methods
1~ Materials. [3H]-DPCPX [Cyclopentyl-1,3-dipropylxantine, 8-
[dipropyl-2,3-3H(N)) (120.0 Ci/mmol); [3H)-CGS 21680,
[carboxyethyl-3H (N)] (30 Ci/mmol) and [~Z'I] -AB-MECA
([125I]_4_Aminobenzyl-5'-N-Methylcarboxamideoadenosine) (2,200
Ci/mmol) were purchased from New England Nuclear (Boston,
MA). XAC (Xantine amine congener); NECA (5'-N-
Ethylcarboxamidoadenosine); and IB-MECA from Research
Biochemicals International (RBI, Natick, MA). The Adenosine
Deaminase and Complete protease inhibitor cocktail tablets
were purchased from Boehringer Mannheim Corp. (Indianapolis,
IN). Membranes from HEK-293 cells stably expressing the human
Adenosine 2a [RB-HA2a]; Adenosine 2b [RB-HA2b] or Adenosine
3 [RB-HA3] receptor subtypes, respectively were purchased
from Receptor Biology (Beltsville, MD). Cell culture reagents
were from Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) except for
serum that. was from Hyclone (Logan, UT).
Yeast strains: Saccharomyces cerevisiae strains CY12660
[farl*~1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 canl stel4::trpl::LYS2 ste3*1156
gpal(41)-Gai3 lys2 ura3 leu2 trill: his3; LEU2 PGKp-
MfalLeader-hAlR-PHOSterm 2mu-orig REP3 Ampr] and CY8362
[gpalp-rGasElOK farl*1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 cant stel4::trpl:
LYS2 ste3*1156 lys2 ura3 leu2 trill his3; LEU2 PGKp-hA2aR 2mu-
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
151
on REP3 Ampr] were developed as described above.
Yeast culture: Transformed yeast were grown in Leu-Trp [y:'
media (pH 5.4) supplemented with 2% glucose. nor the
preparation of membranes 250 ml of LT medium were inoculated
with start titer of 1-2 x 106 cells/ml from a 30 mi overnight
culture and incubated at 30°C under permanent oxygenation by
rotation. After 16 h growth the cells were harvested by
centrifugation and membranes were prepared as described
below.
Mammalian Tissue Culture: The HEK-293 cells stably expressed
human Adenosine 2a receptor subtype (Cadus clone # 5) were
grown in Dulbeco's minimal essential media (DMEM)
supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and 1X
penicillin/streptomycin under selective pressure using 500
mg/ml 6418 antibiotic, at 37°C in a humidified 5°s C02
atmosphere.
Yeast Cell Membrane Preparations: 250 ml cultures were
harvested after overnight incubation by centrifugation at
2,000 x g in a Sorvall RT6000 centrifuge. Cells were washed
in ice-cold water, centrifuged at 4°C and the pellet was
resuspended in 10 ml ice-cold lysis buffer [5 mM Tris-HC1, pH
7.5; 5 mM EDTA; and 5 mM EGTA) supplemented with Protease
inhibitor cocktail tablets (1 tablet per 25 ml buffer).
Glass beads (17 g; Mesh 400-600; Sigma) were added to the
suspension and the cells were broken by vigorous~vortexing at
4°C for 5 min. The homogenate was diluted with additional 30
ml lysis buffer plus protease inhibitors and centrifuged at
3,000 x g for 5 min. Subsequently the membranes were peleted
at 36,000 x g (Sorvall RCSB, type SS34 rotor) for 45 min. The
resulting membrane pellet was resuspended in 5 ml membrane
buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.5; 0.6 mM EDTA; and 5 mM MgCl2]
supplemented with Protease inhibitor cocktail tablets (1
tablet per 50 ml buffer) and stored at -80 °C for further
experiments.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
152
Mammalian Cell Membrane Preparations: HEK-293 cell membsapes
were prepared as described previously (Duzic E e~ al.: .,'.
Biol. Chem., 267, 9844-9851, Z992). Briefly, cells were
Washed with PBS and harvested with a rubber policeman. Cells
were pelted at 4°C 200 x g in a Sorvall RT6000 cent= «uge. The
pellet was resuspended in 5 ml/dish of lysis buffer at 4°C (5
mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.5; 5 mM EDTA; 5 mM EGTA; 0.1 mM
Phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 10 mg/ml pepstatin A; and 10
mg/ml aprotinin) and homogenized in a Dounce homogenizes.
The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 36,000 x g (Sorvall
RCSB, type SS34 rotor) for 45 min and the pellet resuspended
in 5 ml membrane buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.5; 0.6 mM EDTA;
5 mM MgCl2; 0.1 mM Phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 10 mg/ml
pepstatin A; and 10 mg/ml aprotinin) and stored at -80 °C for
further experiments.
The Bio-Rad protein assay kits, based on the Bradford dye-
binding procedure, (Bradford, M.: Anal. Biochem. 72:248
(1976)) were used to determine total protein concentration in
yeast and mammalian membranes.
Adenosine 1 receptor subtype saturation and competition
radioligand binding: Saturation and competition binding on
?5 membranes from yeast cell transformed with human A1 receptor
subtype were carried out using antagonist [3H] DPCPX as a
radioactive ligand. Membranes was diluted in binding buffer
[50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.4; containing 10 mM MgCl2; 1.0 mM EDTA;
0.25% BSA; 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase and 1 protease
inhibitor cocktail tablet/50 ml] at concentrations of 1.0
mg/ml.
In saturation binding membranes (50 ug/well) were incubate
with increasing concentrations of [3H] DPCPX (0.05 - 25 nM)
in a final volume of 100 ~1 of binding buffer at 25°C for 1
hr in the absence and presence of 10 ~.M unlabeled XAC in a
96-well microtiter plate.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
153
In competition binding membranes (50 ~g/well) were .~~c::ba~=
with [3H] DPCPX (1.0 nM) in a final volume of 100 cr.~ c_
binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence
of 10 ~M unlabeled XAC or increasing concentrations cf
competing compounds in a 96-well microtiter plate.
Adenosine 2a receptor subtype competition =adicli~and
binding: Competition binding on membranes from HEK293 cell
stably expressing the human A2a receptor subtype were carried
out using agonist [3H) CGS-21680 as a radioactive liQand.
Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [50 mM '='ris-HC1, pH
7.4; containing 10 mM MgCl2; 1.0 mM EDTA; 0.250 BSA; 2 U/ml
adenosine deaminase and 1 protease inhibitor cocktail
tablet/50 ml] at concentrations of 0.2 mg/ml. Membranes (10
~g/well) were incubate with [3H] CGS-21680 (100 nM) in a final
volume of 100 ml of binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the
absence and presence of 50 ~cM unlabeled NECA or increasing
concentrations of competing compounds in a 96-well microtiter
plate.
Adenosine 3 receptor competi tion radioligand binding:
Competition binding on membranes from HEK293 cell stably
expressing the human A3 receptor subtype were carried out
using agonist [125I] AB-MECA as a radioactive ligand.
Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH
7.4; containing 10 mM MgCl2; 1.0 mM EDTA; 0.250 BSA; 2 U/ml
adenosine deaminase and 1 protease inhibitor cocktail
tablet/50 ml] at concentrations of 0.2 mg/ml.,Membranes (10
~cg/well) were incubate with [125I] AB-MECA (0.75 nM) in a
final volume of 100 ~1 of binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in
the absence and presence of 10 ~cM unlabeled IB-MECA or
increasing concentrations of competing compounds in a 96-well
microtiter plate.
At the end of the incubation, the Al, Aza and A3 receptor
subtypes radioligand binding assays was terminated by the
addition of ice-cold 50 mM Tris-HC1 (pH 7.4) buffer
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
154
supplemented with 10 mM MgCl2, followed by rapid r_1~=a~_~::
over glass fiber filters (96-well GF/B UniFilters, Packa=~;~
previously presoaked in 0.5% polyethylenimine in a Filtemate
196 cell harvester (Packard). The filter plates were dried
S coated with 50 ~1 /well scintillatiowfluid (Mic=cSci.t-20,
Packard) and counted in a TopCount (Packard). Assays were
performed in triplicate. Non-specific binding was 5.6 . 0.5%,
10.8 ~ 1.4% and 15.1 ~ 2.6% of the total binding in a AiR,
A2aR and A3R binding assay, respectively.
Adenosine 2b receptor subtype competition radioligand
binding: Competition binding on membranes from HEK293 cell
stably expressing the human A2b receptor subtype were carried
out using A, receptor antagonist [3H] DPCPX as a radioactive
ligand. Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [10 mM Hepes-
KOH, pH 7.4; containing 1.0 mM EDTA; 0.1 mM Benzamidine and
2 U/ml adenosine deaminase] at concentrations of 0.3 mg/ml.
Membranes ( 15 ~cg/well ) were incubate with [ 3H] DPCPX ( 15 nM)
in,a final volume of 100 ~1 of binding buffer at 25°C for 1
hr in the absence and presence of 10 ~cM unlabeled~XAC or
increasing concentrations of competing compounds in a 96-well
microtiter plate. At the end of the incubation, the assay
was terminated by the addition of ice-cold 10 mM Hepes-KOH
(pH 7.4) buffer followed by rapid filtration over glass fiber
filters (96-well GF/C UniFilters, Packard) previously
presoaked in 0.5% polyethylenimine in a Filtermate 196 cell
harvester (Packard). The filter plates were dried coated
with 50 ~cl/well scintillation fluid (MicroScint-..20, Packard)
and counted in a TopCount (Packard). Assays.were performed
in triplicate. Non-specific binding was 14.3 ~ 2.3% of the
total binding.
Specific binding of [3H] DPCPX; [3H) CGS-21680 and [125I] AB-
MECA was defined as the difference between the total~binding
and non-specific binding. Percent inhibition of the compounds
was calculated against total binding. Competition data were
analyzed by iterative curve fitting to a one site model, and
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
155
KI values were calculated from ICAO values (Cheng any ?r~~s~:,
Biochem. Pharmacol. 22, 3099-3109, 1973) using the Grad:?a~
Prizm 2.01 software.
Results
A primary function of certain cell surface receptors .s to
recognize appropriate ligands. Accordingly, we. determined
ligand binding affinities to establish the =unctional
integrity of the Adenosine 1 receptor subtype expressed in
yeast. Crude membranes prepared from Saccharomvces
cerevisiae transformed with human Adenosine 1 receptor
subtype construct exhibited specific saturable binding of (3H)
DPCPX with a KD of 4.0 ~ 0.19 nM. The KD and Bmax value were
calculated from the saturation isotherm and Scatchard
IS transformation of the data indicated a single class of
binding sites. The densities of adenosine binding sites in
the yeast membrane preparations were estimated to 716.8 ~ 43.4
fmol/mg membrane protein.
The pharmacological subtype characteristics of the
recombinant yeast cells transformed with human A1 receptor
subtype were investigated with subtype selective adenosine
ligands (XAC, DPCPX; CGS-15943; Compound 600; Compound 1002;
NECA, (R)-PIA; IB-NIECA and Alloxazine) that competed with (3H)
DPCPX in the expected rank order. Displacement curves
recorded with these compounds show the typical,steepness with
all the ligands, and the data for each of the ligands could
be modeled by a one-site fit. The apparent dissociation
constants estimated for the individual compound from the
curves (Table 5) are consistent with value published for the
receptor obtained from other sources.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
156
Table 5
Ki values for membranes from yeast cells transformed with
human A1 receptor subtype
Ligands KI (
5.5
DPCPX 7,1
CGS-1594 10.8
ACA 179 . 6
(R) -PIA 56 .3
IB-MECA 606.5
Alloxazine 894.1
Compound 600 13.9
Compound 1002 9,g
Tables 6 through 12 demonstrate the efficacy and structure
activity profiles of deazapurines of the invention. Tables
13 and 14 demonstrate selectivity can be achieved for human
adenosine receptor sites by modulation of the functionality
about the deazapurine structure. Table 14 also demonstrates
the surprising discovery that the compounds set forth therein
have subnanomolar activity and higher selectivity for the A_,b
receptor as compared to the compounds in Table 13.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
157
TABLE 6
Effect of N6-Substituen~
NHR
Me
I A1
Binding Feast
Compound '
R Isi (nM) ICAO (nMl
13.9 ~ 97.?
600 ~~~~OH
1423 > 10.000
601 '-~OH
602 ,OH ; fig'" > 10.000
i
I
~ ....,pH
H ~ 196.6 44~?.0
603 ~
~~--OH
,- H O ~ > 1 > 1 OOOO
O.OOO
604 ~ .. '
...~-c-
> 10000
H o >IOOOO
I
605 ~~)....,~ I
i
I
. > 10000
o ' ?97.9
,,
606
i
i
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
158
309.7 > 10000
607
..,.OH '-9.1
608
UH 193.9
609
411.
610
(+)
OH
o~ 785.6 > 10000
611
64.8
612
z
NHAc
Traru (S.S)
6726.0
613
z
N HAc
Trans (R.R)
HO,. 33.1
614
I
s
(dl)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
159
~ 816.9 ' ~~ii.0
615 I I
(dl)
616 .,,.OH 34.3
.~~OH
TABLE 7
Efiect of C~-Subsiicuent
,..OH
HN
Me
N'
~' Me
R/ 'N~N
I
H
A1
' Binatng Ycast
Compound
R Ki (nM) IC50 (nM)
604.> > 10000
700 N~~
' 157.7 763.1 .
701 i
O
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
160
198. ' ?78?.~
702
O
443.6 > 10000
703
61.1 ?97.0
704
S
7 0' % \ i 30.1 194.7
S
I
19.9
706
F
62.8
707
F i
i
.: ,14;
70u
F 48.7
709
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
161
T.aBLE 8
Effcct of Pwrolc Ring ~uosn:ucnt
_,,,,0H
,Ir~ 'J
HN
R"'
I~R..
,; N
1
R'
I A1
Yeast
Binding ICSO
Compound
R R. R.. R... ~ (~)
Me Me Me ;311 >10000
800 ~ s
H Mc H ' _2.3 148.3
801
H H Me 8.9
802
i
803 Me !vie ?214 > 10000
y
O
' Me Me 863.1
804 '
II M~'~-~ I
VIe Me :~31?
ao~ ~ ,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
162
~ Me Me 1841
Me~~~~ ~ ,
806 ~ ~ i
I
!~ vie ~ Mc
80 % I i M~\\~ ~ i
TABLE 9
N~ Me
N'
II Me
\N~N
Me
AI
Comv_
ound Yeast
Bindine IC50
R 1Ci (nMl (nM)
~,,.oH 863.1
900
i X512 . .
901
~~~ ' 8451
902
35.3
903
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
163
T:~BLE 10
Eirect or \E-~ubstituent
Me
II , Me
~T ~ N
II
A1
' Binding Yeast
Compound
R ~i (~) IC50 (nM)
I
1000 I ,~T1~ ' 1789 >10000
I
H X4.4 186
1001 I
N~H
O
I 9.8 82.8
~
1002 N CrL
O
I '_'6.? 19.7
(I
1003 ~ O
I ~ ~ X2.8 545.8
'
NH~
1004
~
i
O
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
164
i I 1-17.~ ; .97.
I
1005 ~~H I~ I
O i
O 11.7 ' ?918
1006 ~NH I
O
692. ~ > 10000
1007
NH-S-?Ne
O
~YN~COOH 93.1 ' 32I 7
1008 0
~NH~V~_ .~75.j I >IOOOO
1009 0
N~c ~ 674.9 ~ 9376.0
1010
1011 ~OAc 1-':.9 ~ ?067.5
o ''33.9 3462
1012 II
~ 'H-~'
o ' .70.1 I 3oo9.s
1013 z~~Hh
~OH '84.9 1300
1014 ''~ ''
179.3 ~ 3713
1015 I OH I
1016 ~ OH ~ 176.1 ~ ~0~4
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
165
i is~-. : 1
Efrect oi'\6-Suosutuet::
Me
~~ie
\ ~ ~N
i
H
A1
Binding Feast
Compound
R Ki (t~Ivil ICAO (nNil
~~rH~cK ' 9.8 115..
1100
II
0
~NN rH. ~3.9 >j1.0
1101
0
~NH Nt~te 10.~ lOl.~
1102
O
~ 71.1 32I7
1103
0
6.~ 58.7
1104 1v CH.
a .
!ate 0
H IO~.~ .~7?. i
1105 ,y 0
y
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
166
i '_' 7 . 8 -16, ,
-
1106 NCH:
II
O
126. 1?97.0
1107 ~ ~;
o~
~
I, ;
0
c=~
1108
NHAc ~ ~.~
1109 ~ 9.0
~~IHAc
I S
1110 ~NI~Ac
S
NHAc =-
1111
1112
~j~'~IHAc
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
167
T.aBLE 1.
"Rctro-:amide" .-~naioeues
:vie
I
j We
~~~\
I
H
:~ 1
Bindin_a I 'cast
Compound
R i Ki (nNi)
I IC50 (nM)
p i 16.~ 189.4
1200
i
~~~IH, I
p 7.4 45.7
1201
3~ V ~
l
v
e
o ' 95.E ~34~.0
1202 i I
~
'
H
p . X39.1 ' -X040.0
1203
,, NMet
i
p ~ 1060.0 ~ > 10000
1204
'~~OH .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
168
p 1?7? ~ > 10000
1205 ~ I
B~ I
_ O,
so.s ~ .Los~
1206
O
NHMe 48.~ 701.
1207
O
TABLE 13
Profile oCSelective Adenosine Antagocists
R
~T
Me
r , ~ .~r
Me
.Ph~I~ ~
N
H
Bindine 1i (nMl
R ~ rm ~ rL:a ~ o
A
Compound
~y'~4c i 9.8- ~ 18.0-
I
1300 _ ~~.I 48.6 80.3 ~ 13.0
1301
N HAc
27.8 50.7 84.6 429.8
1302
I ' II
O 20.'_' ~ 73.6 ?0.1 ~ 4.3
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
169
i O ~ ~ ;
1303 I j ;
I ~~IHMe ~ I I
~ 17.~ ! I11.~ I 120.6 ~ -~.o
..OH ' '
1304 ~ ~ ~'~ i 13.9- ~ !
30.9 ; 933.' i 138.0 I '_' 1.:
~ i ~ I
j
,.OH ~ I
_Je~.~
146.6 730.9 30% 9.9
..O H ; !
. ..
_30c
1 16..~ i 766.3 168.3 71.7
s ,,.OH i
1307 ~ ~ ~~ ~
(dl)
?9.1 I 190.6 1143.0 3.1
1308 ~~OH
'---~/ (=~ I 180 1230 670 . 1.0
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
170
1309 i
H I
.
~,
~
fife
.: I 40 ~ 109 ~ i
~ 109 0..
~~1~ I . ~ i
~(CHy3~ ~
r~ N~"Me
1310 I
i
H ~ ?56 76% . ~ <~.6
??6
I
I O
1311 j ~(CH~a~ j
~Me .
' 981 !
~ 7 i
X31 36
'
H ~
I
;
I
131? O
i
I
~(CH~a~
Il
~NHMe l
H 443 ?96~ 375 <6_~
'~ 0
~(CH~~
N
X313= '
H
i 30% 65% 516 ?4
I
1314 O
Ii ~ '
(CH~2
~ ~NI-Et t 87 ?04 30 0.03
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
171
i I
1315 I ~fCH~~~N~N~. i
H
7.000 ~ i ~0.000 I ..-X00 '0
O
1316 ~tCH~~~ I~NH3'
H » ~ 710.000 710.000 ; 9
H
N' ~ ' Nhi~'
1317
,v 710.000 710.000 720.000 .369
I
I
,.OH
630y 2307.
i318~
s'' 3.7~0.> >6.4 926 630~76
,..OH
1319~.s
1.8 206 802 270
,.OH
13 2 C=~ g.p 531 330 ~ ~ 19
i
,.OH
1321'' $,p 131 1031 ~4%i
'.-thicnyl-2-yl: =C~-H; ' water soluble: ' R5 and RD are hvdroecn: ' R, is 3-
fluorophcnyl:
6 R, is 3-chlorophcnyl:' R, is ~-pyridvl: " % activity :uv7 10 ~M~
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
172
Table 14:
Profile of Selective AZb Antagonists
R2_ 'O
~5
HN,
H
N'
/ ~N ~ N
H
Compound XRl RZ Binding Ki
Data (nM)
A~ A2a Aze A3
1400 -O-Ph Me 41.7 21 10.3 14.6
1401 -O-Ph(p)F Me 33 58 8.8 18
1402 -O-Ph(p)C1 Me 825 591 22 60
1403 -N-pyridin- Me 60 41 18 48
2-one
1404 -NH-Ph Me 49 31 4.6 57
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
173
TABLE 15. Adenosine A: Receptor Selective Cor,.poun~s
* at least 10 times more selective than other three subtv~es.
Compound Structure Ki-A1 elat~ve Rela:ive Relative
i-A=a Ki-A,- K=-A;
706 N
~~NN
C14~
N
CND
l
~N N
/
HOin...
1318
N!1
N
N
\N N
1319 NH~~~~~~ ON
N
N
\N N
F
~0 13 2 0 NN,..~~.. o-oN
N / ~~i~
~N I N
'S I
a
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
174
1500 i~, *
NN' 'o
N~N
7
NM
7
N
N,
\N w
13 21 ,,.~~
NFi
IS N~
~N N
N
N
1501
H,~~O
I~1 II%N
N11
N
~N N
1502 0
//~I
hl~ H1~--~CI~
N
G
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
175
1503
».
I w
1504
~NN
20
30
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
176
Paaes 176-201 relate to compounds specific to the ~-= receptor
Summary of the Invention
The present invention is also based on compounds which
selectively bind to adenosine A2a recep;.or, thereby treating a
disease associated with Aza adenosine receptor in a subject by
administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount
of such compounds. The disease to be treated are associated
with, for example, a central nervoi:s system disorder, a
cardiovascular disorder, a renal disorder, an inflammatory
disorder, a gastrointestinal disorder, an eye disorder, an
allergic disorder or a respiratory disorder.
This invention also features a compounG having the structure:
R~
~N R2
I Rs
N
Ar N N
(VI)
wherein NR. R= is a substituted or unsuostituted 4-8 membered
ring;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six
membered ring;
wherein R: is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -
C (Ra) (R4) XRa, wherein X is O, S, or NR;, wherein R~ and RS are
each independently H or alkyl, wherein R~ and R- are each
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
177
independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or Rs, R; and the nitrogen
together form a substituted or unsubsti~uted ring of between 4
and 7 members.
$ wherein R= is wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or
cycloalkyl;
with the proviso that NR~R= is not 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-
hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-
aminocarbonylmethyl, or pyrrolidino; wi ~h the proviso that NR-_R=
is 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino only when Ar is 4-pyridyl.
This invention also features a method for inhibiting the
activity of an A2a adenosine receptor in a cell, which
comprises contacting said cell with the above-mentioned
compounds.
This invention-also provides a compound having the structure:
R~
\ N Rz
I Rs
N
~Ra
2$ Ar ~N N
H
(VI)
wherein NR1R~ is a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8
membered ring;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
178
membered ring;
wherein Ra is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said
substituted alkyl is -C (Re) (R9) XR~, wherein X is O, S, or
NR~, wherein Re and Rs are each independently H or alkyl,
wherein Rs and R, are each independently alkyl or
cycloalkyl, or Rs, R? and the nitrogen together form a
substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7
members.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
with the proviso that NR~Rz is not 3-acetamido piperadino,
3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl
pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl, or pyrrolidino; with
the proviso that NR:R= is 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino only
when Ar is 9-pyridyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, Ar is a substituted or
unsubstituted four to six membered ring, phenyl, pyrrole,
thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-
triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine,
pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole,
tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran,
benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, 1H-indole, indoline,
benzopyrazole, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzoxazole, purine, coumarin,
chromone, quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline,
benzimidazole, quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-
b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine,
1H-pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone,
1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisoxaz~ne, benzothiazole,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
179
quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide,
quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine,
phthalazine, cinnoline, or having a structure:
Ra
Y
wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen;
wherein Rs is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, halogen, methoxy, methyl
amino, methyl thio;
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
c/
RB\~
~ RS
N'
R4
N
Ar N
wherein m is 1 or 2; wherein RA and Ra are each independently
be H, -OH, -CHzOH, -CH~CH~OH, -C (=O) NHz, a heteroatom, or
-C (=O) NR,R,' ; wherein R3 is aryl, substituted aryl, or
heteroaryl; wherein R~' is alkyl, or XR~" , wherein X is O, or
N and R" is substituted alkyl or aryl.
In another embodiment of the compound, R~R~N is (D)-2-
aminocarbonyl pyrrolidino, (D)-2-hydroxymethyl pyrrolidino,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
180
(D)-2-hydroxymethyl-traps-4-hydroxy pyr=olidino, piperazino, or
3-hydroxymethyl piperadino.
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
Ra
wherein m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; wherein Y =s O, S, or NR, wherein
R is RA or Ra; wherein Ra and Ra are each independently be H, -
OH, -CH20H, -CH,CH,OH, -C (=0) NH2, a hete=oatom, or
-C(=O)NR,R,'; wherein R, is aryl, substituted aryl, or
heteroaryl; wherein R,' is alkyl, or XR3" , wherein X is O, or
N and R" is substituted alkyl or aryl.
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
~w,..y NHz
\N/
O
N~ I
i
\N N
H
3C
(Compound 1600)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
181
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
H
/>N
N
~N N
H
N
(Compound 1601)
In another embodiment ~f the compound, the compound has the
structure:
NHz
N
O
y
N 'N
H
(Compound 1602)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
182
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
'OH
/N
1O N~
Ni _N
H
(Compound 1603)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
H
N
30
(Compound 1609)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
183
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO~'
..,,,~~iil~ H
N
//
~N ~ ~ N
H
(Compound 1605)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
25
CH3
NH ~ H3
H3C O
O
(Compound 1606)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
184
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
~OH
N
N
N
~N H
N
(Compound 1607)
In yet another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
20
N
In a further embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
H
N
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
185
This invention further provides a compound having the structure
(V)
H3C O
HN
Hs
1O N
R
N
wherein R is H, or methyl.
In one embodiment of the compound V, the compound has the
structure:
H3C O
HN
~ H3
NN .,
N
CH3
N
(Compound 1608)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
186
In another embodiment of the compound V, the compound has the
structure:
H3C O
HN
Hs
This invention also provides a method for treating a disease
associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising
administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount
of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, the compound treats said
diseases by stimulating adenylate cyclase.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a mammal.
In another embodiment of the method, the mammal is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said A2a adenosine receptor
is associated with Parkinson's disease and diseases associated
with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition,
neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, or senile
dementia.
Diseases associated with adenosine A1, A2a, A2b and A3 receptors
are disclosed in WO 99/06053 and WO-09822465, WO-09705138, WO-
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
187
09511681, WO-09733879, JP-09291089, PvT/US98/16053 and U.S.
Patent No. 5,516,894, the entire content of which are fully
incorporate herein by reference.
This invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of
compounds IV, or V; wherein said water-soluble prodrug that is
metabolized in vivo to produce an active drug which selectively
inhibit A2a adenosine receptor.
In one embodiment of the prodrug, said prodrug is metabolized
in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
comprising the prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier.
This invention also provides a method for inhibiting the
activity of an A2a adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises
contacting said cell with compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist
of said A2a adenosine receptor.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or
intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is a system'c formulation.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
188
This invention also provides a method for treating a
gastrointestinal disorder in an subject, comprising
administering to the an effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an
antagonist of A2a adenosine receptors.
This invention further provides a method for treating
respiratory disorder in a subject, comprising administering to
the subject an effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is asthma,
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an
upper respiratory disorder.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said compound is an
antagonist of A2a adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a method for treating damage to
the eye of a subject which comprises administering to said
subject an effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, said damage comprises retinal
or optic nerve head damage.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is acute or
chronic.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
189
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is the result
of glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia cr trauma.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an
antagonist of A2a adenosine receptors.
This invention also provide a pharmaceutical composition
comprising a therapeutically effective amount of compounds IV,
or V and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In one embodiment of the pharmaceut._cal composition, said
therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat
Parkinson's disease and diseases associated with locomotor
activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil
superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, or senile dementia.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or
intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is a surgic~:l irrigating solution.
This invention also provides a combination therapy for
Parkinson's disease comprising compounds IV and V, and any of
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
190
the dopamine enhancers.
This invention further provides a combinational therapy for
cancer comprising compounds IV and V, and any of the cytotoxic
agents.
This invention further provides a combinational therapy for
glaucoma, comprising compounds IV or V, and a prostaglandin
agonist, a muscrinic agonist, or a b-2 antagonist.
This invention also provides a packaged pharmaceutical
composition for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine
receptor in a subject, comprising: (a) a container holding a
therapeutically effective amount of compounds IV, or V; and (b)
instructions for using said compound fcr treating said disease
in a subject.
This invention also provide a method of preparing compound IV,
comprising the steps of
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
191
CN Rs
a) reacting
I
HZN N R4 and Ar
P
NC R5
O
to provide
H \N/ _Ra
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group:
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide
H R
N
Ra
N
Ar N H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide
CI R
s
,"-Ra . and
N
Ar N H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NHRiRz to provide
NR~R2 R5
Ni
N
Ar N H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
192
wherein NR,R= is a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8
membered ring;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six
membered ring;
wherein RS is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is
-C (Re) (R4) XRe, wherein X is O, S, or NR~, wherein Re and R
are each independently H or alkyl, wherein R~: and R- are
each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R~, R- and the
nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubstituted ring
of between 4 and 7 members.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
with the proviso that NR~Rz is not 3-acetamido piperadino,
3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl
pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl, or pyrrolidino; with
the proviso that NR~Rz is 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino only
when Ar is 4-pyridyl.
This invention further provides a method of preparing compound
V, comprising the steps of
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
193
a) reacting CN Rs O
~d CI
HZN N R Ar
P
NC RS
O
to provide Ar
~N R
H N
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide
OH R
s
N~
I ~-R
Ar \N N
H
c) treating the produc_ of step b) under suitable conditions to provide
CI R
s
N
~R ; and
~ N
Ar" N
H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) first with dimethylamine and
formaldehyde,
then with N-methyl benzylamine and finally with NH2R~ to provide
NHR, -
Ar
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
194
wherein Ri is acetomido ethyl; wherein Ar is 4-pyridyl;
wherein R is H, or methyl; wherein Rs is N-methyl-N-benzyl
aminomethyl.
As used herein, "A compound is A2a selective." means that a
compound has a binding constant to adenosine Aza receptor of at
least five time higher then that to adenosine A;, A.,b, or A3.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples
which in no way should be construed as being further limiting.
The contents of all references, pending patent applications and
published patent applications, cited throughout this
application, including those referenced in the background
section, are hereby incorporated by reference. It should be
understood that the models used throughout the examples are
accepted models and that the demonstration of efficacy in these
models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
This invention will be better understood from the Experimental
Details which follow. However, one s';il.led in the art will
readily appreciate that the specifi::: methods and results
discussed are merely illustrative of the invention as described
more fully in the claims which follow thereafter.
Example 22: Synthesis of Adenosine AZa Antagonists, compounds
1601, 1602, and 1603.
OH CI ~ ~ ~ /OH
O CN HCI N ~ \ HCI N \ \ N
Me0 ~ ~ I N~ N/ ~ ~ N N -.~ N ~ \
OEt p ' H ~~ H ' N
Et0 N / N / I~ N H
N /
Compound 27 Compound 28 Compound 1601
Compound 26
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
195
Compound 26 (10.938, 50.76 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (67 mL).
4-Amidinopyridine hydrochloride (8.0g, 50.76 mmol) and DBU
(15.4 g, 101.5 mmol) were added sequen~,ially and the reaction
was heated to 85°C. After 22 hours, the reaction was cooled to
room temperature and the DMF was removed in vacuo. The dark
oil was diluted with 2M HCl (80 mL). The reaction was allowed
to stand. After 2 hours, the solution was cooled to 10°C and
filtered. The solid was washed with cold water and dried to
yield 7.408 of a yellow solid, compound 27 (690). '-H-NMR
(200MHz, dE-DMSO) d 6.58 (s, 1H) , 7.27 (s, 1H) , 8.53 (d, 2H, J
- 5.6), 9.00 (d, 2H, J - 5.2Hz), 12.35 (brs, 1H). MS (ES):
212.8 (M'+1) .
Compound 27 (7.4 mmol, 29.8 mmol) was diluted with POCl; and
heated to 105°C. After 18 hours, the redaction is cooled to room
temperature and the POCl,is removed in vacuo. The thick dark
oil is diluted with MeOH (75mL) followed. by ether (120mL) . The
amorphous red solid is filtered and washed with ether to yield
3.82 g of a red solid. The crude solid, compound 28, is
approximately 80 o pure and used without further purification in
the next reaction. ~H-NMR (200MHz, dti-DMSO) d 6.58 (s, 1H), 7.27
(s, 1H), 8.53 (d, 2H, J = 5.6), 9.00 (d, 2H, J = 5.2Hz), 12.35
(brs, 1H). MS (ES): 212.8 (M'+1).
Compound 1601: DMSO (5 mL) and D-prolinol (500m8, 4.94 mmol)
were added to compound 28 (500m8, 2.1~ mmol) was added. The
reaction was heated to 120°C. After 18 hours, The reaction was
cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc and H,O. The
layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with
EtOAc (2x). The combined organic layers were washed with Hz0
(2x), brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to
yield 200m8 of a tan solid. The solid was recrystallized from
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
196
EtOAc to yield 82 mg of a tan solid ('3%). 'H-NMR (200 MHz,
dE-DMSO) d 2.05 (m, 4H), 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.70 - 4.00 (m, 3H), 4.50
(brs, 1H), 4.92 (brs, 1H), 6.62 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 8.22 (d,
2H, J - 6.0 Hz), 6.64 (d, 2H, J - 6.2 Hz), MS (ES): 296.0
(M'+1) , mp = 210 - 220''C (decomp. ) .
Compound 1602: Chromatography (silica, 9:1 CHC13/MeOH) yielded
mg of a tan solid (20) .=H-NMR (d,;-DMSO) d 2.00 - 2.50 (m,
9H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 6.71 (d, 1H, J = 3.2 Hz), 7.18
10 (d, 1H, J = 3.2 Hz) , 8 .37 (d, 2H, J = 4 .8 Hz) , 8.56 (d, 2H, J
- 5 .0 Hz) . MS (ES) : 309.1 (M'+1) .
Compound 1603. Chromatography (silicG, 20:1 Hexanes /EtOAc)
yielded 135 mg of a tan solid (530) . =H-NMR (d~,-DMSO) d 2.00
(m, 4H) , 3. 43 (brs, 1H) , 3.74 (brs, 2H) , 3. 87 (brs, 1H) , 4 . 49
(brs, 1H) , 4 . 93 (m, 1H) , 6. 56 (m, 1H) , 7 . 12 (m, 1H) , 7. 40 (m,
3H) , 8.34 (m, 2H) , 11. 62 (brs, 1H) . MS (ES) : 295. 1 (M'+1) .
Compound 1605. Into a 50mL RBF 60mg of 2-(4'-pyridyl)-4-
Chloropyrimidinopyrrole HC1 salt was dissolved in 2mL anhydrous
DMSO. 3-(R)-Hydroy-(D)-prolinol TFA salt (380mg) and 500mg
sodium bicarbonate were added thereto. The mixture was then
flashed with nitrogen gas for 5min and heated to 130''C. After
2 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the
DMSO was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between
EtOAc (lSmL) and saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution
(l5mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine
(lSmL) and dried over Na~S04. After removal of solvent, the
crude product was purified by preparative TLC (CH~C1~/MeOH -
95/5) to yield 35 mg (50%). -H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,) ( 2.3-2.5
(1H), 3.4-3.8 (3H), 4.4-4.6 (2H), 6.4 (1H); 7.1 (1H); 8.2 (d,
2H) ; 8.7 (d, 2H) ; 11.0 (1H) . MS (ES) : 312 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
197
Example 23: Synthesis of Adenosine A,a Antagonist, compound
1606.
~ /OH
CI CI N
S ~ N \ \ N ~ \
~ N HN
N BOC Br ~ / N BOC OMe I ~ N H HN OMe
O ~ O
Compound 28 Campound 29
Compound 1606
Compound 28 (200mg) was treated ~.aith DMF (30mL), (,
(-dimethylglycine methyl ester (73mg HC? salt in 2mL water) and
500mg sodium bicarbonate. After 18 hours, the DMF was removed
in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (30mL) and
saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (l5mL). The
organic layer was washed with brine (lSmL), dried over sodium
sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Chromatography (silica,
10:4 hexanes/EtOAc) yielded 150mg of pure product, compound 29
(690) . =H-NMR (200MHz, CDC13) , ( 1.4 (s, 6H) , 3.8 (s, 3H) ; 3.9
(s, 2H); 6.4 (s, 1H); 7.4-7.5 (m, 3H); 8.4 (m, 2H); 9.8 (s,
1 H ) .
Compound 1606:
Procedure is the same as Compound 1605 (72o). -H-NMR (200MHz,
CDC1;), ( 1.3 (s, 6H), 1.7-1.9 (m, 2H); 2.05-2.30 (m, 2H);
3.6-4.1 (m, 11H); 4.80-4.95 (m, 1H); 6.4 (s, 1H); 7.4-7.6 (m,
3H) ; 8.3-8.4 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H) , 10 (s, 1H) . MS (ES) : 424 .0
(M;+1) .
The following compounds can be synthesized in the same manner.
Compound 1600: (510). MS (ES): 326.0 (M'+1).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
198
Compound 1607: 1H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1:), ( 1.40 - 1.80 (m, 5H),
2.80 - 3.50 (m, 3H), 4.60 - 4.80 (m, 3H), 6.66 (d, 1H, J -
6.2Hz), 7.26 (m, 1H), 8.21 (d, 2H, J = 6.3Hz), 8.65 (d, 2H, J
- 5.8Hz), 11.90 (s, 1H). MS (ES): 310.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1608: (64 0) . iH-NMR (200MHz, d;-DMSO) , ( 1.75 (s, 3H) ,
2.11 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.56 (m, 6H), 7.23 - 7.41 (m, 5H),
8. 00 (brs, 1H) , 8 .23 (d, 2H, J = 6. OHz) , 8 . 63 (d, 2H, J = 5. 4
Hz), 8.82 (brs, 1H), 11.56 (brs, 1H). r~S (ES): 444.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1604: 1H-NMR (200MHz, CD~OD) ( 3.40 (m, 4H), 4.29 (m,
4H) , 6. 99 (s, 1H) , 7.5 - 7.2 (m, 3H) , 7.90 (d, 2H) , 8.39 (d,
2H) , 8. 61 (d, 2H) . MS (ES) : 357.0 (M' +1) .
TABLE 16. Adenosine A=a Receptor Selective Compounds
* at least S times more selective than other three subtypes.
ompound Structure elaciveCi-A2a elativ elativ
i-A1 i-A2b ti-A3
600
NHz
.."",1
N
O
N /
~I
\N N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
199
601 ~'. OH
",~nii~
N
N
~N N
H
N
602 .. NHz
N
O
N /
\N N
H
N
603
..""'"~OH
N
N
y
~N N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
200
604 H
N
S N
N
H
605 HO
H
N
N
1S ~
~N N
I H
N
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
201
606
OH
.""~~p
C~
H N C
f6C
1607
~OH
N
IS
N
~N N
H
N
1608 H~ 0
H
~ ~,
NH N
N
~CH3
~N ~N
N
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
202
Paaes 202-256 relate to compounds spec~.fic to the A; receptor
Summary of the Invention
The present invention is also based on compounds which
selectively bind to adenosine A3 receptor, thereby treating a
disease associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject by
administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount
of such compounds. The disease to be treated are associated
with, for example, asthma, hypersens_tivity, rhinitis, hay
fever, serum sickness, allergic vasculitis, atopic dermantitis,
dermantitis, psorasis, eczema, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis,
eosinophillic chlorecystitis, chronic airway inflammation,
hypereosinophilic syndromes, eosinophilic gastroenteritis;
edema, urticaria, eosinophilic myocardial disease, episodic
angioedema with eosinophilia, inflarrunatory bowel disease,
ulcerative colitis, allergic granulomatosis, carcinomatosis,
eosinophilic granuloma, familial histiocytosis, hypertension,
mast cell degranulation, tumor, cardiac hypoxia, cerebral
ischemia, diuresis, renal failure, neurological disorder,
mental disorder, cognitive disorder, myocardial ischemia,
bronchoconstriction, arthritis, autoimmune disease, Crohn's
disease, Grave's disease, diabetes, multiple sclerosis,
anaemia, psoriasis, fertility disorders, lupus erthyematosus,
reperfusion injury, brain arteriole diameter, the release of
allergic mediators, scleroderma, stroke, global ischemia,
central nervous system disorder, cardiovascular disorder,
renal disorder, inflammatory disorder, gastrointestinal
disorder, eye disorder, allergic disorder, respiratory
disorder, or immunological disorder.
This invention also features a compound having the structure:
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
203
R2~
N R, _
N
Rs
R3
to
wherein R~ is H and R~ is cyclopropyl methylamino
carbonylethyl, cis-3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, acetamido butyl,
methylamino carbonylamino butyl, ethylamino carbonylamino
propyl, methylamino carbonylamino oropyl, 2-acetyl amino-
3-methyl butyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl,
thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino acetyloxy cyclopentyl, 3-
hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-
imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-
aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-
imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2-
hydroxyethyl, N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl,
or R~, Rz and the nitrogen together are 3-acetamido
piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy
carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl
pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino.
wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six
menbered ring, pyrrole, thiophene, furan, thiazole,
imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-
pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine, pyrimidine,
pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazola, oxazole, tetrazole,
naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
204
benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dih~droindole, 1H-indole,
indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-ben~odioxole, benzoxazole,
purine, coumarin, chro:none, quinoline,
tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole,
quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine,
pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine, 1H-
pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteriaine, 2(1H)-quinolone,
1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisoxazine, benzothiazole,
quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide,
quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine,
phthalazine, or cinnoline.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or
substituted aryl.
This invention also features a method for inhibiting the
activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises
contacting said cell with the above-mentioned compounds.
typical practice and is known to those skilled in the art.
Typical synthetic schemes for the preparation of deazapurine
intermediates of the invention are outlined below in Scheme I.
This invention also provides a method of preparing compound IV,
comprising the steps of
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
205
O
a) reacting CN Rs
R ~~d ~CI
HZN \N/ s R3
P
NC Rs
O
to provide R
3~ N R
H i s
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cycli~ation conditions to provide
OH R
s
N~
Rs
R3 ~N N
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide
CI R
s
~N \ ~ Rs ; and
R3/ \N N
H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NHRtRa to provide
:VR~RZ R
s
N
Rs
Ra N/ H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
206
wherein R: is H and R~ is cyclopropyl methyiaminc
carbonylethyl, cis-3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, acetamido butyl,
methylamino carbonylamino butyl, e~hylamino carbonylamino
propyl, methylamino carbonylamino propyl, 2-acetyl amino-
3-methyl butyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl,
thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino ace~yloxy cyclopentyl, 3-
hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-
imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-
aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-
imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2
hydroxyethyl, N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl,
or R:, Rz and the nitrogen together are 3-acetamido
piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrclidino, 3-methyloxy
carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl
pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino.
wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six
membered ring;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein 'R6 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or
substituted aryl.
This invention also provides a method of preparing compound of
V, comprising the steps of
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
207
CN Rs O
a) reacting
~CI
HzN N ~ ~d Rz
I
P
NC Rs
O
to provide R
z
H I
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide
OH R
s
N~
Rz ~N N
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide
CI R
N
~ rRs ; and
Rz/ \ N/ N
H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NI-I2CH2(CH2)mCH2NHC(=O)R1
to
provide
12NHC(=O)RI
N
Rs
Rz
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
208
wherein m is 0, l, or 2;
wherein R~ is cyclopropyl methyl, methyl, methylamino, or
aminomethyl;
wherein R~ is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said
substituted alkyl is -C (R9) (R~o) NR~Rs, wherein R4 and Rio are
each H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Rs are each alkyl or
cycloalkyl, or R~, Rs and the nitrogen together form a
ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
This invention further provided a method of preparing compound
VI, comprising
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
209
CN RS
a) reacting O
CI
HZN N Rs and Rz
P
NC RS
O
to provide
R2
~N R
H N s
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide
N
Rs
Rz
c) treating the product ofstep b) under suitable conditions to provide
CI R
s
N
r Rs ; and
N
Rz N H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with HN
NHAc
to provide
Rz/ N I-I
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
210
wherein Rz is unsubstituted aryl.
wherein R; is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is
-C (RS) (R~o) NR?Ra, wherein R9 and R~. are each H or alkyl,
wherein R~ and Re are each alkyl cr cycloalkyl, or R-, R,--
and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4
and 7 members.
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
R2
\N R~
( Rs
N
Rs
R3 ~N H
IV
wherein R~ is H and R~ is cvclopropyl methylamino
carbonylethyl, cis-3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, acetamido butyl,
methylamino carbonylamino butyl, e_hylamino carbonylamino
propyl, methylamino carbonylamino propyl, 2-acetyl amino-
3-methyl butyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl,
thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino acetyloxv cvclopentvl. 3-
hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-
imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-
aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-
imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2-
hydroxyethyl, N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
211
or R., R~ and the nitrogen together are 3-acetamido
piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy
carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl
pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl p-peradino.
wherein Rs is a substituted or unsubstituted benzene,
pyrrole, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole,
1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone,
pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole,
oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine,
benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, 1H-
indole, indoline, benzopyrazoie, 1,3-benzodioxole,
benzoxazole, purine, coumarin, chromone, quinoline,
tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole,
quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine,
pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine, 1H-
pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone,
1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisox.azine, benzothiazole,
quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide,
quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine,
phthalazine, or cinnoline.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted
aryl.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
212
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
H3C ~
NH
O ' -NH
NH
H
N /
~H
\N N
H
CI
In another embodiment of the compound, R3 is phenyl.
In another embodiment of the compound, Rs is hydrogen or
methyl.
In another embodiment of the compound, Rs is hydrogen, methyl,
phenyl, 3-chlorophenyloxy methyl, or traps-2- phenylamino
methyl pyrrolidino methyl.
This invention further provides a compound having the
structure:
O
)m H R~
HN
I Rs
/
N
Rs
Rz \N H
V
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
213
wherein m is 0, 1, or 2;
wherein R~ is cyclopropyl methyl, methyl, methylamino, or
aminomethyl;
wherein Rz is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said
substituted alkyl is -C (RS) (R~o) NR~R~~, wherein R:. and R:o are
each H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Rs are each alkyl or
cycloalkyl, or R?, Re and the ni'rogen together form a
ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
In one embodiment of compound V, m is 0 and Rz is phenyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, m is 1 and Rz is phenyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, m is 2 and Rz is phenyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, R~ and Rs are methyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, Rs and Rs are methyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, Rs and Rs are methyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the
structure:
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
214
HZN
O NH
NH
CH3
N
~ CH3
~N N
H
(Compound 1316)
In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the
structure:
H3C
-O
HN
CH 3
(Compound 1311)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
215
In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the
structure:
S
NH
O
NH
CH ~
N
~CH 3
~N N
H
(Compound 1202)
In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the
structure:
H3C
~NH
O NH
NH
CH3
(Compound 1310)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
216
In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the
structure:
/cH ,
HN
~O
N /N
J
(Compound 1312)
This invention further provides a compound having the
structure:
HO,
'..,~~~~~NH
H3
(Compound 609)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
217
This invention also provides a compounc; having the structure:
NHAc
J
N
Rs
Rz N hi
VI
wherein R~ is unsubstituted aryl.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is
-C (R5) (R~o) NR~Re, wherein Rs and Rm are each H or alkyl,
wherein R~ and Re are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R~, Re
and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4
and 7 members.
In one embodiment of compound VI, the compound has the
structure:
75 J CH3
O
CH3
(Compound 1309)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
218
In one embodiment of compound 1309, the compound has the
structure:
H
,~~y\N CH3
0
N
I CH3
N
,--cH3
N/ ~N
H
In another embodiment of compound 1309, the compound has the
structure:
H
N CH3
N O
J
I CHs
N
~CH3
N~ ~N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
219
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
R~
VII
wherein R, is 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl ethylamino
carbonylamino propyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino
ethyl, thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino acetyloxy cyclopentyl,
3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-
imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-
aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-
imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2-
hydroxyethyl, or N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl;
wherein R3 and R~ are independently H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, or aryl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
30
(Compound 1700)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
220
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
H3C
H3C\ /N' 'O
v H~II~r'/N
NH
CHI
N
~CH~
~N ~N
H
(Compound 1701)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
H3C S
HN
CH3
(Compound 1702)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
221
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
CH 3
NH
O NH
NH
CH 3
N
~CH 3
\N N
H
(Compound 1704)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
NH 2
-o
0
NH CH
N /
~CH
~N N
I H
(Compound 1705)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
222
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
S
\NH
N
~N N
H
(Compound 1706)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
'NH
N
I
~N N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
223
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
10
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
25
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
224
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
NH
N
~ I
~N N
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
0
H
HN
NH
N /
I
~N N
I H
(Compound 1707)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
225
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
O
HN
N
NH
/
N N
H
1$
(Compound 1708)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
2$
H2N
(Compound 1709)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
226
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HZN O
NH
15
(Compound 1710)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
NH
~i '~ o
(Compound 1712)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
227
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
CH3
$ NH
HN \
O
N ~ HN
N m
(Compound 1713)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
25
CH3
NH
HN \
O
HN
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
228
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
NH
(Compound 1714)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
m",....
NH
N
W I
~N N O
H
CI
3O
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
229
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
H3
0\\
~NH
S
(Compound 1715)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
1 S CH,
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
230
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
Rz
R, ~ ~
N
Ra
N
~Rs
.N _ N
H
VIII
wherein R~, R. and the nitrogen together are 3-hydroxy
pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-
aminocarbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl
piperadino;
wherein R3 and Rq are independently H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, or aryl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
N
N
~N N
H
/
(Compound 1711)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
231
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
io I \
(Compound 1703)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO~
N
N
\
'N N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
232
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HO
N
15 In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
H~
0
0
N
30 (Compound 1716)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
233
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
HOC
1 O N / CI
,N ~ N O
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
25
N
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
234
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
NHz
N
15 (Compound 1717)
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
25
Hz
ci
N
\ \N H O
,~ \ /
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
235
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
NHZ
N
/~ ~ CI
In another embodiment ~f the compound, the compound has the
structure:
~~o.
., r.,
ci
(Compound 1718)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
236
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
OH
10
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the
structure:
~OH
N
N
N H
CI
This invention also provides a method for treating a disease
associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising
administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount
of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VI, or VIII.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
237
In one embodiment of the method, the subject is a mammal.
In another embodiment of the method, tl-:e mammal is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said A3 adenosine receptor
is associated with a central nervous system disorder, a
cardiovascular disorder, asthma, hypersensitivity, rhinitis,
hay fever, serum sickness, allergic vasculitis, atopic
dermantitis, dermantitis, psorasis, eczema, idiopathic
pulmonary fibrosis, eosinophillic chlorecystitis, chronic
airway inflammation, hypereosinophilic :syndromes, eosinophilic
gastroenteritis, edema, urticaria, eosinophilic myocardial
disease, episodic angioedema with eosinophilia, inflammatory
bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, allergic granulomatosis,
carcinomatosis, eosinophilic granuloma, =amilial histiocytosis,
hypertension, mast cell degranulation, rumor, cardiac hypoxia,
cerebral ischemia, diuresis, renal failure, neurological
disorder, mental disorder, cognitive disorder, myocardial
ischemia, bronchoconstriction, arthrit_.s, autoimmune disease,
Crohn's disease, Grave's disease, diabetes, multiple sclerosis,
anaemia, psoriasis, fertility disorders, lupus erthyematosus,
reperfusion injury, brain arteriole diameter, the release of
allergic mediators, scleroderma, stroke, global ischemia,
central nervous system disorder, cardiovascular disorder,
renal disorder, inflammatory disorder, gastrointestinal
disorder, eye disorder, allergic disorder, respiratory
disorder, or immunological disorder.
Diseases associated with adenosine A1, A2a, A2b and A3 receptors
are disclosed in WO 99/06053 and WO-09822465, WO-09705138, WO-
09511681, WO-09733879, JP-09291089, PCT/US98/16053 and U.S.
Patent No. 5, 516, 894, the entire content of which are fully
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
238
incorporate herein by reference.
This invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of any of
the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII; wherein said water-
s soluble prodrug that is metabolized in vivo to an active drug
which selectively inhibit A3 adenosine receptor.
In one embodiment of the prodrug, said prodrug is metabolized
in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
comprising the prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier.
This invention also provides a method for inhibiting the
activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises
contacting said cell with any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII,
or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist
of said A3 adenosine receptor.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or
intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
239
This invention also provides a method for treating a
gastrointestinal disorder in an subject, comprising
administering to the an effective amount of any of the
compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an
antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
This invention further provides a method for treating
respiratory disorder in a subject, comp=ising administering to
the subject an effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V,
VI, VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is asthma,
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an
upper respiratory disorder.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said compound is an
antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a method for treating damage to
the eye of a subject which comprises administering to said
subject an effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI,
VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, said damage comprises retinal
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
240
or optic nerve head damage.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is acute or
chronic.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is the result
of glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia or trauma.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an
antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
This invention also provide a pharmaceutical composition
comprising a therapeutically effective amount of any of the
compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII and a pharmaceutically
acceptable carrier.
In one embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat a
respiratory disorder or a gastrointestinal disorder.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
gastrointestinal disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
respiratory disorder is asthma, allergic rhinitis, or chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
241
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or
intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceut-cal composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said
pharmaceutical composition is a surgical irrigating solution.
This inventio also provides a packaged pharmaceutical
composition for treating a disease associated with A3 adenosine
receptor in a subject, comprising: (a) a container holding a
therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V,
VI, VII, or VIII; and (b) instructions nor using said compound
for treating said disease in a subject.
Compounds represented by the formula It', V, VI, VII, and VIII
can be synthesized by the Schemes I-IX.
As used herein, "A compound is A3 se..ective." means that a
compound has a binding constant to adenosine A3 receptor of at
least ten time higher then that to adenosine A1, AZa, or A~b.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples
which in no way should ~>e construed as being further limiting.
The contents of all references, pending patent applications and
published patent applications, cued throughout this
application, including those referenced in the background
section, are hereby incorporated by reference. It should be
understood that the models used throughout the examples are
accepted models and that the demonstration of efficacy in these
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
242
models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
A skilled artisan will know that metabolism of the compounds
disclosed herein in a subject produces certain biologically
active metabolites which can serve as c:rugs.
This invention will be better understood from the Experimental
Details which follow. However, one s::illed in the art will
readily appreciate that the specific methods and results
discussed are merely illustrative of the invention as described
more fully in the claims which follow thereafter.
Example 24: Adenosine A3 Antagonist Experimentals
Compound 1700 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 366.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1710 (Table 17 below): MS (ES;. 381.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1316 (Table below): MS (ES): 353.2 (M'+1).
17
Compound 1703 (Table below): MS (ES): 357.1 (M'+1).
17
Compound 1719 (Table ~-DMSO) ( 1.75
17 below)
: '-H-NMR
(200MHz,
d
(m, 2H), 3.11 (m, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 5.72 (m,
1H), 5.96 (m, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H),
8.32 (m, 2H).
Compound 1704 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 367.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1706 (Table 17 below) : '-H-NMR (200MHz, CDC13) d 1.22
(m, 2H) , 1 . 60-2. 40 (m, 4H) , 4 .53 (m, 1H) , 4 . 94 (m, 1H) , 5.70
(d, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz) , 6.35 (d, 1H, J = 2 . 8 Hz) , 6. 97 (d, 1H, J
- 2.0 Hz), 7.50 (m, 3H), 8.40 (m, 2H), 10.83 (brs, 1H).
Compound 1707 (Table 17 below): MS(ES): 347.0 (M'+1).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
243
Compound 1708 (Table 17 below): MS (ES) 399.0 (M-+1).
Compound 1709 (Table 17 below): MS (ES! 385.9 (M'+1).
Compound 1710 (Table 17 below): MS (ES) 434.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1711 (Table 17 below) : iH-NMR (200MHz, CD,OD) d 3.95
(d, 2H, J - 5.8Hz), 4.23 - 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.53
(t, 2H,
J -
8.8Hz), 6.30 (d, 1H, J = 3.OHz), 6.98(d, 1H, = 3.OHz),
J 7.45
- 7.48 (m, 3H ) , 7.83 - 8.42 (m, 2H) 9.70 (brs,1H) . MS (ES)
,
281.1 (M++1) .
OSIC-148313 'H-NMR 3.02 (m, 2H), 3.92
(200MHz, CD30D) (m,
d
2H), 5.09 (2, 2H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 6.90-7.04 1H), 6.92
(br s, (m,
2H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dd, 1H, J - 8.2Hz), 7.40 (m, 3H),
7.50-7.80 (br s, 1H), 8.33 (m, 2H).
MS (ES): 445.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1713 (Table 17 below): -H-NMR (200MHz, CDCl;) d
1.65-1.80(m, 7H), 1.88-2.00(m, 1H), 2.10 - 2.40 (m, 1H),
2.70-3.05 (m, 3H), 3.09-3.14 (m, 2H), ~.16-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.45
(d, 1H, J = l4Hz), 3.53-3.60 (m, 2H), .,.84-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.97
(d, 1H, J - l4Hz), 5.55 (t, 1H, J - 5.8Hz), 6.17 (s, 1H),
6.55-6.59 (m, 2H), 6.64-6.71 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 2H),
7.43-7.46 (m, 3H), 8.38-8.42 (m, 2H), MS (ES): 484.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1714 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 471.0 (M1+1).
Compound 1715 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 505.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1716 (Table 17 below): iH-NMR (200MHz, CD70D) d 1.6~
(m, 1H), 2.18(m, 1H), 2.49 (br d, 2H, = 6.2Hz), 2.64(m,
J
1H), 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.93 (m, 1H),
4 . 10 (m, 1H) 5.06 (2, 2H) , 6.58 (s, 1H) 6. 92 (m, 2H) 7.02
, , ,
(m, 1H), 7.23(dd, 1H, J = 8.lHz), 7.39 3H), 8.32 (m, 2H).
(m,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
244
MS (ES) : 477.1 (M'+1) .
Compound 1717 (Table below): =H-NMR(200MHz, CD:OD)d 1.69
17
(m, 1H), 2.26 (m, 1H), 2.42 (d, 2H, = 7.4Hz), 2.72 (m, 1H),
J
3.53 (m, 1H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 4.02 (m, ~H), 4.14 (dd, 1H, J
=
10.6, 7.OHz) 5.14 (2, 2H) , 6. 69 1H) , 6. (m, H) 7.06
, (s, 96 2 ,
(m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H, J = 8.OHz), 9 (m, 3H),8.35 (m, 2H).
7.3
MS (ES) : 462.2 (M'+1)
.
Compound 1718 (Table 17 1.40
below):
'-H-NMR
(200MHz,
CD,OD)
d
- 2.00 (m, 5H), 3.52 (d, 2H, 7.6Hz), 3.80 - 4.00 (m, 1H),4.00
- 4.20 (m, 3H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 6.36 - 0.50 (m, 2H), 6.54 (s,
1H), 6.84 - 6.92 (m, 1H),7.05 (t, 1H, J = 8.2Hz), 7.30 7.45
-
(m, 3H) , 8.24 (d, 2H, J 9.8Hz) . MS (ES) : 449.0 (M'+1)
= .
20
30
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
245
TABLE 17. Adenosine A; Receptor Selective Compounds
* at least 10 times more selective than other three subtypes.
ompound Structure i-A1 i-A2a i-A2b i-A3
202
NH
O'
~NH
CH ~
N
CHI
~N N
H
H3C' /O
CHI
700
HN
~CH 3
NH CHI
N / I
''//~CH ~
~N N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
246
H
3 0 9 N CH3
O
N
CH3
N
,--CH3
~N ~N
H
~ 01 H,c
H3C~N~0
HN
NH
CHI
N
rCH,
~N N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
247
311 H,c
~o
HN
S
NH
CH ~
f--CH ~
N /
~N ~N
1~ H
312 /cH,
HN
~O
H ~N
NH
CHI
N
?5 I ~H3
~N N
H
Z
J
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
248
310 H,c~
NH
O~NH
NH
CH,
~CH,
N /
~N N
I H
316
HzN
O ~NH
NH
CH,
J---CH,
N /
~ \N HH
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
249
702 H,c' /s
H~N
NH
CH3
~CH~
N /
~N N
H
to
15 Ho
703
20 (
N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
250
704 cH,
-NH
O"NH
NH
CH3
N~ ~ \
'///~CH~
\N N
I H
NHZ
705 O
O
NH
CH,
N /
~CH3
~N ~N
H
~ /
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
251
HO
706
NH
N
I
~N N
H
707
0
HN
NH
N /
I
~N N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
252
//o
HN
7 0 8 ~~II'N
NH
N
~N N
H
15 i-s~N O
709
NH
CFA /
N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
253
710
NH
N /
N
N H
HO
711
N
i
~N N
H
712
N~NH
H
CI
~N N
H
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
254
c~
713 ~ /N
r1 ~'H
O
HN
I ~~---~ 1
W
N
H
HO
714
NH
N
~N N
H
CI
H
O
715 ~NH
/ NN~
/ NH
CI
N
~N~H~
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
255
HOC
716
0
N
CI
N
~N H O
NHi
717
0
N
~ c1
N
\N N O
H
25 71g ~ -oH
N
N ~ ~ii~
~N I H O
I
a
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
256
H3C
\NH
1719
O NH
NF.
H
IO N ~~H
~N N
H
CI
IS
25
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
257
This invention provides a compound having the structure:
NH2 OH
.."--~'~O . .
H
1505
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
fsJ NH2
N
O
N ~
I
N~ N
I i H
1506
This invention further provides a compound having the
structure:
fSJ NH2
N
N ~ ~ O-
I
wN N
H
1507
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
258
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
H O (S)
( 11 NH2
N
O
N
I ~
N
I i H
1508
This invention further provides a compound having the
structure:
(S) NH2
N O O
N
I OH
~ / N/ H
1509
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
(S) N H z
N ~CONHz
O O
N
I
N/ H
1510
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
259
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
~S~ NH2
N
O OH
N \
I
\ N~ H O
1511
This invention further provides a compound having the
structure:
lS~ N H 2
N
O
N
I
I \ N/ H
/
1512
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
N ~S~ NH2
N O
\ ~ ~ \ OfOH
~N N
H
1513
This invention further provides a compound having the
structure:
35
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
260
OH
N
HN
Ni ~ N
~N N
H
1514
This invention further provides a compound having the
structure:
OH
HN
N , OH
\ ~N N O
/ H
1515
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
OH
HN 'OH
N~ O
\ ~N N
/ H
1516
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
261
OH
HN
N~ \ O-
\ wN I ~O
N
I H
1517
This invention further provides a compound having the
structure:
N ~S~ NH2
N~ O O
N ~ ~ O~O
N
H
1518
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
N~NH2
N~ O O
OOH
, N
H
1519
This invention further provides a compound having the
structure:
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
262
OH
HN
N , NH2
\ ~ I N\' -O
I N H
1520
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for
treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a
subject, comprising administering to the subject a
therapeutically effective amount of compounds 1505, 1506, 1507,
1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1519, 1516, 1517, 1518,
1519, or 1520.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above
method, wherein the subject is a mammal.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above
method, wherein the mammal is a human.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above
method, wherein said A~ adenosine receptor is associated with
cognitive disease, renal failure, cardiac arrhythmias,
respiratory epithelia, transmitter release, sedation,
vasoconstriction, bradycardia, negative cardiac inotropy and
dromotropy, branchoconstriction, neutropil chemotaxis, reflux
condition, or ulcerative condition.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
263
In a further embodiment the invention provides a water-soluble
prodrug of compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511,
1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520, wherein the
water-soluble prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce an
active drug which selectively inhibits A~ adenosine receptor.
In a further embodiment the invention provides, wherein said
prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed
hydrolysis.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutical
composition comprising the above prodrug and a pharmaceutically
acceptable carrier.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for
inhibiting the activity of an Ai adenosine receptor in a cell,
which comprises contacting the cell with compounds 1505, 1506,
1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517,
1518, 1519, or 1520.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method
for inhibiting the activity of an Ai adenosine receptor in a
cell, wherein the compound is an antagonist of the A~ adenosine
receptor.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method
for inhibiting the activity of an A1 adenosine receptor in a
cell, wherein the cell is human cell.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method
for inhibiting the activity of an Ai adenosine receptor in a
human cell, wherein the compound is an antagonist of A~
adenosine receptors.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
264
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for
treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a
subject, wherein said disease is asthma, chronic obstructive
pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory
disorder.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for
treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a
subject, wherein said disease is asthma, chronic obstructive
pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory
disorder and wherein the subject is a human.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for
treating the above disease, wherein said compound is an
antagonist of Ai adenosine receptors.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a combination
therapy for asthma, comprising the compound 1505, 1506, 1507,
1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518,
1519, or 1520, and a steroid, (32 agonist, glucocorticoid,
lucotriene antagonist, or anticolinergic agonist.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutical
composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512,
1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520, and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for
treating a respiratory disorder with the compound 1505, 1506,
1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517,
1518, 1519, or 1520, wherein said respiratory disorder is
asthma, allergic rhinitis, or chronic obstructive pulmonary
disease.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
265
In a further embodiment the inventi:~n provides the above
pharmaceutical composir_ion(s), wherein said pharmaceutical
composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular
injection formulation.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above
pharmaceutical composition(s), wherein said pharmaceutical
composition is a systemic formulation.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above
pharmaceutical composition(s), wherein said pharmaceutical
composition is a surgical irrigating solution.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a packaged
pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated
with Ai adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective
amount of the compounds 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508,
1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1519, 1516, 1517,
1518, 1519, or 1520; and
(b) instructions for using said compound for treating
said disease in a subject.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt of tl~e compound 1505, 1506,
1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517,
1518, 1519, or 1520.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, wherein the pharmaceutically
acceptable salt of the compound 1509, 1511, 1515, 1518, or 1519
contains a cation selected from the group consisting of sodium,
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
266
calcium and ammonium.
In yet a further embodiment the invention provides a method for
treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a
subject, wherein the A~ adenosine receptor is associated with
congestive heart failure.
Exemplification
Example 21: Synthesis of 1-[6-(4-Hydroxy-4-phenyl-piperidin-1-
yl-methyl)-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-
pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (1505).
Compound 1505 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of
Example 17 using synthesis scheme IX with L-prolineamide and 4
phenyl-piperidin-4-of to obtain:
~R~ NH2 OH
25
H
1505
=H-NMR (d~-DMSO) d 1.53 (s, 1H), 1.60 (s, 1H), 1.84-2.30 (m,
6H) , 2. 66 (m, 2H) , 3. 60 (s, 2H) , 3. 88 (m, 1H) , 4 .02 (m, 1H) ,
9 . 66 (d, 1H, J = 6.8Hz) , 4 .73 (s, 1H) , 6.44 (s, 1H) , 6.94 (s,
1H), 7.12 - 7.50 (m, 10H), 8.35 (m, 2H), 11.6 (brs, 1H); MS
(ES): 305.1 (M'+1); mp = 234-235°C.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
267
Example 22: Synthesis of [N-(2-Phenyl-7H-pyrrolo
[2,3-d]pyrimidin-9-yl)(L)-prolinamide (i506)
Compound 1506 was synthesized using synthesis scheme VII with
L-prolineamide to obtain:
~S~ N H 2
N
O
N ~
I ~
N
1 s ~ / ~ 5os
-H-NMR (DMSO-do) d 2.05 (m, 4H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H),
4.70 (d, 1H, J=8.OHz), 6.58 (brs, 1H), 6.95 (brs, 1H), 7.15 (d,
1H, J=3.4Hz), 7.40 (m, 3H), 7.50 (brs, ~H), 8.40 (m, 2H), 11.6
(brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 308.3 (M'+1) . mp= 236-238''C.
Example 23: Synthesis of [N-(2-phenyl-6-methoxymethyl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(L)-prolinamide (1507)
Compound 1507 was synthesized using precursor compound 23 of
synthesis scheme IX to obtain:
CI CI
N ~ ~ Br N ~ ~ O-
N' N HOCH3, DCM, CF3C02Ag ~ N~ N
0 rt, 1 h I / O O
23 ~ 4
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
268
Bromide 23 (4.238, lOmmol) is dissolved in anhydrous methanol
(60mL) and DCM (120mL) and treated ~nith Aa0=CCF- under N- at rt
for 1h. The solid is removed by filtration and washed with DCM
(2x20mL) . The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is
redissolved in DCM (80mL). The resulted solution is then washed
with saturated NaHCO, solution and brine, dried over MgSO~,
filtered and concentrated to give 3.718 (4, 99=) off white
solid. =H-NMR (CDCl;) d 1.75 (s, 9H) , :3.51 (s, 3H) , 4 .83 (s,
2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 8.52 Im, 2H).
CI
(S~ NHz
N \ \ O-
I, r o
\ ~N N L-Prolineamide, DMSO N \ ~ O-
I~ I
4 p O 120°C, 4h \ N' N
H
1507
Aryl chloride 4 (2.4488, 6.55mmo1), DMSO (lSmL), L-prolineamide
(4.0g, 35.Ommo1) and NaHC03 (2.98) are combined and heated to
120°C under nitrogen. After 4h, the reaction is cooled to room
temperature and diluted with water (60m1). The resulted slurry
is extracted with DCM (10x). The comb~.ned organic layers are
washed with saturated NaHCO; solution and brine, dried over
MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give 2.488 brown solid. Pure
product (1.868, 810) is obtained after flash column as white
solid. White crystals are gotten from THF/hexane. M.p. - 213-
215°C. 1H-NMR (CDC13) d 2.15 (m, 3H), 2.52 (m, 1H), 3.26 (s,
3H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 9.42 (s, 2H), 5.08 (d, 1H,
J=8.2Hz), 5.49 (brs, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 7.08 (brs, 1H), 7.42
(m, 3H) , 8.38 (m, 2H) , 9.78 (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
269
Example 24: Synthesis of 4-Hydroxy-1-(2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-
d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (1508)
Compound 1508 was obtained with synthesis scheme VII using cis-
hydroxy prolineamide to obtain:
HO ~S~
~S~ N H 2
N
O
N ~
I
~ ~ N/ H
1508
'-H-NMR (dG-DMSO) d 1.90 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, 1H, J = 9.2Hz), 4.08
(m, 1H), 4.37 (s, 1H), 4.67 (dd, 1H, J = 8.8, 4.OHz), 5.30 (s,
1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 2H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 7.64 (s, 1H),
8.37 (m, 2H), 11.65 (brs, 1H); MS (ES): 324.2 (M'+1); mp = 268-
271°C.
Example 25: Synthesis of 3-[4-((S)-2-Carbamoyl-pyrrolodin-1-
yl)-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl]-propionic acid
(1509)
Compound 1509 was obtained using precursor compound 23 of
synthesis scheme IX to obtain:
CI CI
Br N
Na,HP04, NaH,P04 I \ ~ CHO
N/ ~O DMSO, SO°C, 3.5h ~ \ N/ ~O
~ 23 O ~ 7 O
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
270
The tert-butoxycarbonyl protected ar,:jl bromide 23 (~.Og,
9 . 5mmo1 ) , dry DMSO ( 25m1 ) , NaH~PO; ( 4 54mg, 3 . 7 9mmol ) and Na HPO.
(1.62g, 11.4mmo1) were combined and heated to 50~C under argon
for approximately 3.5h. The mixture was then poured into water
(200m1) and extracted with three 100m1 portions of EtOAc. The
combined organic layers were thoroughly washed with water,
brine, dried over MgSO;, filtered and concentrated to give a
yellow solid which was purified by triturati ng with ethanol . to
give 1.558 of a pale yellow solid (7). The mother liquor was
purified by flash chromatography (10°-., EtOAc in hexane) to give
an additional 454mg (60%). iH-NMR (CDC1;,) d 1.77 (s, 9H), 7.25
(s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 8.52 (m, 2H) 10.39 (s, 1H); m.p.= 156°C
(dec) .
CI CI
N
~ CHO (ph)3p-CHCO_tBu
O THF, 0°C, 1h I ~ 8 O O
N/ N \ N/ N
7
Aldehyde 7 (600mg, l.7mmo1) was dissolved in dry THF (20m1) and
cooled to 0°C under argon. To this was added a 0°C solution of
(tert-butoxycarbonylmethylene)-triphenylphosphorane (694mg,
l.8mmo1) in lOml of dry THF dropwise through a cannula. After
3h the mixture was concentrated and purified by triturating
with ethanol to give 565mg ( 73 0 ) of a white solid ( 8 ) . 1HNMR
(CDCl;) d 1.58 (s, 9H), 1.79 (s, 9H), n.46 (d, 1H), 6.95 (s,
1H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 8.56 ;m, 2H).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
271
CI O CI O
N \
O I ~ O
N N ~ _H, . Pd-C \ N
~O THF. EtOAC I / N ~O
9 O
A solution of compound 8 (565mg l.2mmo1) in 5m1 THF was diluted
to 100m1 with EtOAc. After adding 600mg of catalyst (5o wt Pd,
50o H-O) and purging with argon, the mixture was hydrogenated
under atmospheric pressure. After 8h the mixture was filtered,
concentrated and purified with flash chromatography (loo EtOAc
in hexane) to isolate 200mg (350) of 9 as a clear oil that
crystallized upon standing. -HNMR (CDCl_) d 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.75
(s, 9H), 2.65 (t, 2H), 3.32 (t, 2H), 6.41 (s, 1H) 7.45 (m, 3H),
8.51 (m, 2H).
CI O
NH2
N \.~ \ N O
I ~ O L-prolinamide O
\ N ~ ~ N
/ O DMSO, 85"C I ~ O
O \ N N
~ / 10H
Aryl chloride 9 (200mg, 0.44mmo1), DMSO (lOml) and L-
prolinamide (440mg, 4.4mmo1) were combined and heated to 85°C
under argon. After 14 hours the mixture is cooled to room
temperature and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate.
The layers were separated and the aqueous layer washed with
EtOAc (3x).' The combined organic layers were thoroughly washed
with water (3x), brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and
concentrated to give 10 as a yellow film which was purified by
flash chromatography (2.5% MeOH in CH.,C1-,). 185mg (970). MS
(ES) : 435.8 (M-+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
272
(S) NH2 (S) NH2
N O
O O O
N \ HCI, dioxane N \
I , \ O I OH
\ N N ~ \ N~ N
~ i 10H ~ ~ H
1509
Ester 10 (30mg, mmol) in 5m1 dioxane was hydrolyzed by adding
0.5m1 concentrated HC1. After 3 hours the mixture was
concentrated in vacuo and recrystali~ed in EtOH/ EtOAc to
obtain 1509 as a white solid (20mg, 6101. MS (ES): 380 (M'+1).
Example 26: Synthesis of [N-(2-phenyl-E-aminocarbonyl
l~ methoxymethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(L)-prolinamide
(1510)
Compound 1510 was obtained using precursor compound 23 of
synthesis scheme IX to obtain:
CI CI C02CH3
N \ Br N \
HOCH2C02CH3, I ~
\ N N \ Ni 'N
O DCM, AgOTf, rt, 2h
23 ~ 12
Bromide 23 (1.278, 3mmo1) and molecular sieve (5g) are stirred
in anhydrous methyl glycolate (5.8g, 60mmo1) and DCM (40mL).
The solution is treated with AgOTf under N~ and allowed to stir
for 3h. The solid is removed by filtrat_on and washed with DCM
(2x20mL) . The filtrate is concentrated _'.n vacuo. The residue is
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
273
redissolved in DCM (80mL). The resulted solution is Lhen was~nec
with water, saturated NaHCO: solution and brine, dried over
MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give 1.358 (990) off white
solid (12). =H-NMR (CDC13) d 1.75 (s, 9H;, 3.80 (s, 3H), 5.0 (s,
2H) , 6.78 (s, 1H) , 7.47 (m, 3H) , 8. 52 (m, 2H) .
CI ~C02CH3 N ~S~ NH2
N ~ O O C02CH3
L-Prolineamide N ~ ~ O~
\N N DMSO, 120°C, 4h ~ i N~N~
i
13
Aryl chloride 12 (177mg, 0.41mmo1), DMSO (lOmL), L-prolinamide
(466mg, 4mmo1) and NaHCO, (500mg) are combined and heated to
120°C under nitrogen. A:'ter 4h, the reaction is cooled to room
temperature and diluted with water (60m1). The resulted slurry
is extracted with DCM (5x30mL). The combined organic layers
are washed with saturated NaHCO;solutio:z and brine, dried over
MgSOq, filtered and concentrated to give brown solid. Pure
product (154mg, 920) is obtained after flash column as white
solid (13) . -H-NMR (CDC1,) d 2.15 (m, 3H) , 2. 52 (m, 1H) , 3.55
(s, 3H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 5.08 (s, 1H, ), 5.85 (brs, 1H), 6.98 (s,
1H), 7.08 (brs, 1H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 8.40 (m, 2H), 10.58 (brs,
1H); MS (ES): 410.1 (M'+1).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
274
(SJ NH2 (SJ NHz
N C02CH3
O z
\ O~ NH3/HOCH3 N \ O O~ ONH
N' N rt, 4 h I
/ ~ O ~ / \N H
13
1510
Methyl ester 13 (124mg, 0.3mmo1) is dissolved in HOCH, (l5mL).
Ammonia is bubbled through the solution for 0.5h. The reaction
mixture is then stirred for another 3h at rt. After removal of
solvent lilmg of a white solid (1510, 93~) is obtained. -H-NMR
(CDC1~,) d 1 . 82 (m, 3H) , 2.20 (m, 1H) , 2. 80 (m, 1H) , 3. 10 (m,
1H), 3.63 (dd, 2H, J;=13.8Hz, J~=19.4Hz), 3.87 (m, 1H), 4.07 (m,
1H), 4.97 (m, 1H), 5.96 (m, 2H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 6.86 (brs, 1H),
7.11 (brs, 1H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 8.28 (m, 2H), 11.46 (brs, 1H); MS
(ES) : 394.8 (M-+1) .
Example 27: Synthesis of [4-(2-Carbamoylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dJpyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid] (1511)
Compound 1511 was synthesized using precursor compound 15 of
synthesis scheme VII to obtain:
CI CI
N ~ N ~ \
\ NaH, then PhSOzCI ~ ~ ' N
N N 'N
H DMF
O =S
15 020 °C, 4h 16 / \
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
275
To a suspension of sodium hydride (780mg of a n0~. oi'.
suspension, 19.5mmo1) in dry DMF (20mL), cooled by an ice/water
bath, under nitrogen, is added a solution of the
pyrrolopyrimidine 15 ( 2 . 00g, 7 . 52mmo1 ) in DI~~1F ( l 0m L ) ov er 5
min. After 15 min, benzenesulfonyl chloride (l.2mL, 9.40mmo1)
is added, then the cooling bath is removed. After 4h, the
reaction mixture is poured into a mixture of ice and sat. NaHCO:
sol., the precipitated solid is filt.e~ed off and triturated
with acetone (3 ) and methanol (2 ), yielding 2.378 of a beige
solid. This solid (16) contains approx. lOmol-o DMF (based on
that 83o yield) and can be used in the next step; a pure sample
can be obtained by chromatography on silica gel using acetone
as eluent. =H-NMR (CDC1;): d 6.70 (d, J - 4.2Hz, 1H),
7.47-7.68 (m, 6H), 7.76 (d, J = 4.2Hz, 1H), 8.24-8.32 (m, 2H),
1~ 8.48-8.56 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n = 314n cm--, 1585, 1539, 1506,
1450, 1417, 1386, 1370, 1186, 1176, 1154, 1111, 1015, 919, 726,
683, 616, 607; MS (ES): 372/370 (MH~); :np = 226-227 °C.
C~ Ct
N ~ LDA, then CO2 N ~
I
\ \N N ~.O THF I ~ N~ N 'O O
O'S ~ OsS
16 ~ \ -~8 °C, ~ h, 17 / \
then ~ rt
To a solution of the N-sulfonyl compound 16 (337mg, 0.911mmo1)
in dry THF (34mL), cooled by dry ice/acetone, is added LDA~THF
(l.OmL, 1.5M solution in cyclohexane, l.5mmo1). After 45min,
carbon dioxide is bubbled into the solution for 5min, then the
cooling bath is removed. When the solution has reached ambient
temp., the solvents are evaporated, yielding 398mg of the salt
17, containing 0.5 equiv. of (iPr).,NCO..Li, as yellow solid. The
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
276
salt is used without purification in the next step. =H-NMR (D~-
DMSO): d = 6.44 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.75 (m, 6H), 8.33-8.40 (m, 2H),
8.53 (dd, J = 8.0, l.6Hz, 2H).
(S) NHz
_ N
N ~ \ O ~i+ O OH
N O L-prolinamide
_N / N~ NS;O O
/ ~S'O DMSO
17 0 ° ~ 1g o
80 C, 15.5h
A solution of the lithium salt 17 (50mg) and L-prolinamide
(122mg, 1.07mmo1) in DMSO (l.SmL) is heated under nitrogen to
80 °C for 15.5h. 4 o aq. acetic acid (lOmL) is added to the
cooled solution, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc
(5~lOmL). The combined organic layers are washed with 4o aq.
acetic acid (lOmL), water (lOmL) and brine (lOmL) and are dried
over MgS04. Filtration and concentration gives 40mg of 18 as
a yellowish solid, which is used without purification in the
next step. 1H-NMR (CD~OD) : d = 1. 95-2. 36 (m, 4H) , 3. 85-3. 95 (m,
1H), 3.95-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.72 (brs, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.45
(m, 3H), 7.45-7.70 (m, 3H), 8.33-8.50 (m, 4H).
(SJ NHz (SJ NH2
N
N ~ O OH NaOH ; N ~ O OH
N O MeOH ~ \
N
/ O S%O 20 °C, 2h I ~ N H O
1g / \ / 1511
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
277
A solution of sodium hydroxide in methanol (l.SmL, 5M, 7.5msnol)
is added to a solution of the pyrrolopyrimidine 18 (40mg,
0.081mmo1) in methanol (2mL). After 2h, the pH is adjusted to
5, most of the methanol is evaporated, tze mixture is extracted
with EtOAc (5 lOmL), the combined organic layers are washed
with brine and dried over MgS04. Filtration and concentration
yields 24mg of a pale yellow solid, which is triturated with
toluene/EtOAc/MeOH to yield 15.6mg (55s) cf the acid 1511 as
slightly yellowish solid. =H-NMR (CD;OD): d - 2.05-2.20 (m,
4H), 3.95-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.85 (brs, 1H), 7.14
(s, 1H), 7.35-7.42 (m, 3H), 8.38-8.45 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n =
3192 cm-', 2964, 2923, 2877, 1682, 1614, 1567, 1531, 1454, 1374,
1352, 1295, 1262, 1190, 974, 754, 700; MS (ES): 352 (M'+1); m.p.
- 220 °C (decomp.).
1J
Example 28: Synthesis of 1-(6-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-
d]pyrimidine-4-yl)-(S)-pyrrolidine-2 -carboxylic acid amide
(1512)
Compound 1512 was synthesized by the following steps:
CI ~S~ NHz
N ~ L-Prolineamide N O
I ~\~ N ~ \
N~ N DMSO, 85°C I
H ~ N~ N
H
20 ~ 1512
Aryl chloride 20 (3g, 10.7 mmol), DMSO (50m1) and (S)-
prolinamide were combined and heated to 85°C under argon. After
stirring overnight (l4hrs), the mixture was cooled to room
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
278
temperature and poured into 800m1 of wager. This was extracted
with three 200m1 portions of EtO~c. ! he ~ombi ned organic 1 avers
were thoroughly washed with water (3 x 300 ml), trine, dried
over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give a dark brown
solid. The solid was recrystallized twice from EtOAc to yield
1.958 (57°) of a tan solid (1512). =HNMR(DMSO-d~) d 1.8-2.2 (m,
4H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 4.6 (d, 1H) 6.2 (s,
1H) , 6.9 (s, 1H) , 7.2 (m, 3H) , 7.3 (s, 1H) , 8.4 (m, 2H) , 11 .5
(s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 322 (M-+1)
Example 29: Synthesis of 1-[6-(2-Hydroxy-ethoxymethyl)
-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dJpyrimidin-4-yl]-pyrrolidine-2-carb
oxylic acid amide(1513)
Compound 1513 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of
Example 17 using synthesis scheme IX with L-prolineamide and
ethane-1,2-diol to obtain:
N ~S~ NH2
N O
O ~/~'O H
~N N
H
1513
MS (ES) : 382 (M'+1) .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
279
Example 30: Synthesis of 4-(6-Imidazol-1-ylmethyl-
2-phenyl-7H-pyrroio[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-cyclohexanol
(i514).
Compound 1514 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of
Example 17 using synthesis scheme IX with N-6 amino
cyclohexanol and imidazole to obtain:
OH
N
HN
Ni ~ N
\ ~N N
1514
MS (ES) : 389 (M'+1)
Example 31: Synthesis of 4-(4-Hydroxy-cyclohexylamino)
-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (1515)
Compound 1515 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of
Example 27 using synthesis scheme IX with N-6 amino
cyclohexanol to obtain:
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
280
OH
HN
N , OH
N O
N H
1515
MS (ES): 353 (M'+1)
1~ Example 32: Synthesis of 4-[6-(2-Hydroxy-ethoxymethyl)
-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-cyclohexanol
(1516)
Compound 1516 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of
Compound 1513 using synthesis scheme IX with N-6 amino
cyclohexanol to obtain:
OH
HN 'OH
Ni ~ O
N
I \ \N H
1516
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
281
MS (ES) : 383 (M'+l;
Example 33: Synthesis of 4-(4-Hydroxy-cyclohexylamino)
-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid methyl
ester (1517)
CI
CI
N ~ ~ O-Li+ CH I N ~ OCH3
w ~ N p s I
'N :S'0 ~ \ N/ N O O
O / O~S
20 °C, 3h
17 22
A solution of the lithium salt 17 (0.13mmo1) in dry DMF (4mL)
is stirred with methyl iodide (O.lmL, i.6mmo1) at 20 °C under
argon for 3h. DMF is evaporated, and aaueous ammonium chloride
solution is added (l5mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc
(3~15mL), the combined organic layers are washed with water
(2'lOmL) and brine (lOmL) and are dried over MgS04. Filtration
and concentration gives 2lmg (38o) of the methyl ester 22.
CI 1. H2N~~~OH ,,.OH
N ~ ~ OCH3
I DMSO, 80 °C, 5h, HN
N~ N O then 20 °C, 13.5h OCH
/ :S'0 N ~ ~ 3
O 2. NaOH, MeOH, 20 min ~ I _ ~ N O
N H
22 1517
l~
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
282
A solution of the methyl ester 22 (24.5mg, 0.057mmol) and 4
trans-aminocyclohexanol (66mg, 0.57mmo1) in DMSO (l.SmL) is
heated under nitrogen to 80 °C for 5i'., then the heating is
stopped, and stirring at 20 °C is continued for 13.5~~. 4% aq.
acetic acid (lOmL) is added to the cooled solution, and the
mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3'lOmL). The combined organic
layers are washed with 4o aq. acetic acid (lOmL), water (lOmL)
2N NaOH (lOmL), water (lOmL), and brine (lOmL) and are dried
over MgSO;. To a solution of the crude material obtained after
filtration and concentration (1H NMR indicates about 500
removal of the benzenesulfonyl group) in THF (2mL) is added a
solution of NaOH in MeOH (0.5mL of 5~_ solution, 2.5mmo1) at
ambient temperature. After 20min, water and sat. NaHCO;
solution (5mL each) are added, and the mixture is extracted
with EtOAc (4'l5mL). The combined organic layers are washed
with 2N NaOH (lOmL), water (lOmL), and brine (lOmL) and are
dried over MgSO~ . Chromatography of the crude material obtained
after filtration and concentration on silica gel, eluting with
hexanes/EtOAc 1:1 O 1:2 yields 8.6mg (410) .of 1517 as a white
solid, mp. 225-227 °C. 1H-NMR (CD30D): d = 1.38-1.62 (m, 4H),
1.95-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.91
(s, 3H), 4.20-4.35 (m, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.47 (m, 3H),
8.35-8.42 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n = 3352 cm-~, 3064, 2935, 2860,
1701, 1605, 1588, 1574, 1534, 1447, 1386, 1333, 1263, 1206,
1164, 1074, 938, 756, 705; MS (ES) : 367 (MH') .
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
283
Example 34: Synthesis of [4-(2-Carbamoyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)
-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-ylmethoxy]-acetic acid
methyl ester (1518)
Compound 1518 was synthesized in a manner similar to example 26
using precursor compound 12 to obtain:
N~NH2
N~ O O
N
N
1518
MS (ES) : 410 (M'+1)
Example 35: Synthesis of [4-(2-Carbamoyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)
-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-ylmethoxy]-acetic acid
(1519)
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
284
Compound 1519 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound
1518 wherein the methyl ester group was hydrolized with a base
to obtain:
fsl
N NH2
N~ O O
OOH
N
H
ll~
1519
MS ~ . 396 (M'+1)
l~
Example ~ . Synthesis of 4-(4-Hydroxy-cyclohexylamino)-2-
phenyl-7H-_ -rolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid amide
(1520)
,,.. - ,OH
,,
HN HN
N ~ OCH3 N~ ~ NH2
I , ~~ MeOH
N N O o ~ _ ~-~O
H 20 C,10d I / N H
23
1520
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
285
Gaseous ammonia is condensed into a solution of the
pyrrolopyrimidine 23 (7.8mg, 0.021mmo1) in methanol (6mL),
cooled by dry ice/acetone, until a total volume of l2mL is
reached. After stirring for lOd at 20 °C, the solvents are
evaporated, and the residue is purified by preparative TLC on
silica gel, eluting with 5o MeOH in CH~C1~. The material thus
obtained is triturated with ether to yield 6.5mg (880) of the
amide 1520 as white solid, mp. 210-220 °C (decomp.). '-H-NMR
(CD;OD) : d = 1 . 40-1 . 60 (m, 4H) , 2.00-2. 15 (m, 2H) , 2. 15-2 .25 (m,
2H), 3.55-3.70 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.35 (rr:, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H),
7.35-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.34-8.40 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n = 3358 cm-=,
3064, 3025, 2964, 2924, 2853, 1652, 1593, 1539, 1493, 1452,
1374, 1326, 1251, 1197, 1113, 1074, 1028, 751, 699; MS (ES):
352 (MH') .
Activity of Compounds
Adenosine 1 (A,) receptor subtype saturation and competition
radio ligand binding were carried out for compounds 1505, 1506,
1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1519, 1516, 1517,
1518, 1519, and 1520 as described herein and inter alia, on
pages 152-153 of this specification. All of the above
referenced compounds equaled or surpassed the A, receptor
binding affinity of reference compounds 1318 or 1319 as
described herein and, inter alia, in Table 13, on page 171 of
the specification.
The water solubilities of the above compounds listed in Table
18 are expected to be better than reference compounds 1318 or
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
286
1319 due to their cLogP values, which we=a calculated usina the
computer program CS ChemDraw, ChemDraw Ultra ver. 6.0 X1999 as
provided by CambridgeSoft Corporation., 100 Cambridge Park
Drive, Cambridge, MA 02140.
The compounds specific to the A: receptor listed in Table 18 had
lower cLogP values, between about 1.5 to about 3.4, as compared
to reference compounds 1318 or 1319 with a cLogP value about
3.8. It was not predicted that the more polar Ai receptor
compounds listed in Table 18 having lower cLogP values than the
reference compounds 1318 or 1319 would still retain the potency
and A, receptor binding selectivity as compared to those
reference compounds.
20
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
287
Table 18
Compound cLogP
1505 4.1
1506 3.0
1507 2.88
1508 2.1
1509 2.
1510 1.5
1511 2.7
1512 3.37
1513 2 .
1514 2.8
1515 3.1
1516 2.q
1517 3 . 4
1518 2.4
1519 2.2
1520 2.~
25
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
288
Paces 288-293 relate to additional compounds specific to A_
receptor
This invention provides a compound having the structure:
~(RJ NH2
N/ O
~N
I ~ ~N~N /N
i H
1609
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
NHZ
\ ' (R I I \\
N O
~N
iO ~ ~ N ~ ~ N
~N~ /
1610
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for
treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a
subject, comprising administering to the subject a
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
289
therapeutically effective amount of compounds 1609 or 1610.
The invention also provides the above method, wherein the
subject is a mammal.
The invention further provides the above method, wherein the
mammal is a human.
The invention also provides the method for treating a disease
associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, wherein
the Ana adenosine receptor is associated with locomotor
activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil
superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, senile dementia, or
Parkinson's disease.
The invention provides the above method, wherein the compound
treats the diseases by stimulating adenylate cyclase.
The invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of the
compound 1609 or 1610, wherein the water-soluble prodrug is
metabolized in vivo to an active drug tc selectively inhibit an
Ana adenosine receptor.
The invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of the
compound 1609 or 1610, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in
vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
comprising the water-soluble prodrug of the compound 1609 or
1610, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
290
The invention also provides a method for inhibiting the
activity of an AZa adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises
contacting the cell with compound 1609 or 1610.
S The invention also provides a method for inhibiting the
activity of an A.,a adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises
contacting the cell with compound 1609 or 1610, wherein the
compound is an antagonist of said A,~ adenosine receptor.
The invention also provides the above method, wherein the cell
is a human cell.
The invention also provides the above method, wherein the cell
is a human cell and the compound is an antagonist of A?a
adenosine receptors.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound
1609 or 1610 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical
composition, wherein the therapeutically effective amount is
effective to treat Parkinson's disease and diseases associated
with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition,
neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, or senile
dementia.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical
composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is an
ophthalmic formulation.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
291
composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is an
periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical
composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is a
systemic formulation.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical
composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is a
surgical irrigating solution.
The invention also provides a combination therapy for
Parkinson's disease, comprising the compounds 1609 or 1610, and
any of the dopamine enhancers.
The invention also provides a combination therapy for cancer,
comprising the compound 1609 or 1610, and any of the cytotoxic
agents.
The invention also provides a combination therapy for glaucoma,
comprising the compound 1609 or 1610, and a prostaglandin
agonist, a muscrinic agonist, or a (3-2 antagonist.
The invention also provides a packaged pharmaceutical
composition for treating a disease associated with Ana adenosine
receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective
amount of the compound 1609 or 1610; and
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
292
(b) instructions for using the compound for treating said
disease in a subject.
Exemplification
Example 41: Synthesis of 1-(6-Phenyl-2-pyridin-4-yl-7H-
pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid
amide (1609) .
Compound 1609 was synthesized by reacting L-prolinamide with
the appropriate chloride intermediate described in synthesis
scheme II on page 82 to obtain:
~~RJ \'NH2
.~il~
N O
~N
~N~N /N
i H
1609
-H-NMR (dE,-DMSO) d 1.95-2.15 (m, 4H), 4.00 (brs, 1H), 4.15 (brs,
1H), 4.72 (brs, 1H), 6.90 (brs, 1H), 7.19 (brs, 1H), 7.30 (t,
1H, J - 7.OHz), 7.44 (t, 2H, J - 7.OH~), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.92
(brs, 2H), 8.26 (d,2H, J = 6.2Hz), 8.65 (d, 2H, J = 6.2Hz); MS
(ES): 384.9 (M'+1); Mpt = 280-316°C (decomp.).
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
293
Example 42: Synthesis of 1-[6-(3-Methohy-phenyl)-2-pyridin-.
yl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dJpyrimidin-4-ylJ-pyrrolidine-2-carbo~vlic
acid amide (1610).
Compound 1610 was synthesized by reacting L-prolinamide with
the appropriate chloride intermediate described in synthesis
scheme II on page 82 to obtain:
NHz
~~R I I \'
N o
~N
N \ N
~N~ /
H
1610
'-H-NMR(dE-DMSO) d 2.07 (m, 4H) , 3.85 (s, 3H) , 4 .02 (m, 1H) ,
4.17(m,lH), 4.75(m,lH), 6.89(m,lH), 7.00(s,lH), 7.23(s,lH),
7.35 (t, 1H, J=8.2Hz) , 7 .53 (s, 2H) , 7. 60 (s, 1H) , 8.28 (d, 2H, J=5. 8Hz)
,
8. 67 (d, 2H, J=5.8Hz) , 12.37 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 415.0 (M'+1) .
Activity of Compounds
Adenosine 2a (A~a) receptor subtype competition radio ligand
binding were carried out for compounds 1609 and 1610 as
described herein and inter alia, on page 153 of this
specification. Compounds 1609 and 1610 were found have A.,a
receptor binding affinity and selectivity.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
294
Paaes 294-300 relate to additional co~noounds specific to A_:
receptor
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
N
N
H
NH
N \
\ N~ N
H
1720
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for
inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell,
which comprises contacting the cell with the compound 1720.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for
inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell,
wherein the compound is an antagonist of the A3 adenosine
receptor.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method
for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a
cell, wherein the cell is human cell.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method
for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a
cell, wherein the cell is a human cell and wherein the compound
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
295
is an antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
In a further embodiment the invention. provides a method of
treating damage to the eye of a subject which comprises
administering to the subject a composition comprising a
therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1720.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above
method, wherein the damage comprises retinal or optic nerve
head damage.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a therapy for
glaucoma, comprising administering to a subject a
therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1720.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a therapy for
glaucoma comprising one or more adenosine receptor antagonists,
preferably comprising an adenosine receptor A3 antagonist
(preferably an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, most preferably
[2-(3H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-(2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-
d]pyrimidin-9-yl)-amine).
In an alternative embodiment the invention provides a
combination therapy for glaucoma comprising an adenosine
receptor A3 antagonist (preferably an N-6 substituted 7-
deazapurine, most preferably [2-(3H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-(2-
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine)) and one or more
other compounds selected from the group consisting of beta
adrenoceptor antagonists (i.e. beta adrenergic antagonists or
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
296
-blockers) (e. g. timolol maleate, betaxolol, carteolol,
levobunolol, metipranolol, L-653328 (the acetate ester of L-
652698), beta 1 adrenoceptor antagonists), alpha-2 adrenoceptor
agonists (e. g. aplaclonidine, brimonidine, AGN-195795, AGN-
190837 (an analog of Bay-a-6781)), carbonic anhydrase
inhibitors (brinzolamide, dorzolamide, MK-927 (an inhibitor of
the human carbonic anhydrase II isoenzyme), inhibitors of
carbonic anhydrase IV isoenzyme), cholinergic agonists (e. g.
muscarinic cholinergic agonists, carbachol, pilocarpine HC1,
pilocarpine nitrate, pilocarpine, pilocarpine prodrugs (e. g.
DD-22A)), prostaglandins and prostaglandin receptor agonists
(e. g. latanoprost, unoprostone isopropyl, PGF2 alpha agonists,
prostanoid-selective FP receptor agonis's, PG agonists such as
the hypotensive prostamides), angiotensin converting enzyme
(ACE) inhibitors (e. g. Spirapril, spiraprilat), AMPA receptor
antagonists, 5-HT agonists (e. g. a selective 5-HT 1A receptor
agonist such as MKC-242 (5-3-[((2S)-1,4-benzodioxan-2-
ylmethyl)amino]propoxy-1,3-benxodioxole HC1), angiogenesis
inhibitors (e. g. the steroid anecortave), NMDA antagonists
(e. g. HU-211, memantine, the cannabinoid NMDA-receptor agonist
dexanabinol, prodrugs and analogs of dexanabinol, NR2B-
selective antagonists (e. g. eliprodil (SL-82.0715)), renin
inhibitors (e. g. CGP-38560, SR-43845), cannabinoid receptor
agonists (e. g. tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and THC analogs,
selective CB2 cannabinoid receptor agonists (e.g. L-768242, L-
759787), compounds such as anandamide that bind to both brain-
specific CBl receptors and peripheral CB2 receptors),
angiotensin receptor antagonists (e. g., angiotensin II receptor
antagonists (e.g. CS-088), selective angiotensin II AT-I
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
297
receptor antagonists, such as iosartan potassium',,
hydrochlorothiazide (HCTZ), somatostatin agonists (e.g. the
non-peptide somatostatin agonist NNC-26-9100), glucocorticoid
antagonists, mast cell degranulation inhibitors (e. g.
nedocromil), alpha-adrenergic receFtor blockers (e. g.
dapiprazole, alpha-2 adrenoceptor antagonists, alpha 1
adrenoceptor antagonists (e.g. aunazosin)), alpha-2
adrenoceptor antagonists, thromboxane A2 mimetics, protein
kinase inhibitors (e. g. H7), prostaglandin F derivatives (e. g.
S-1033), prostaglandin-2 alpha antagonists (e. g. PhXA-34),
dopamine D1 and 5-HT2 agonists (fenoldopam), nitric-oxide-
releasing agents (e. g. NCX-904 or NCX-905, nitric-oxide-
releasing derivatives of timolol), 5-HT 2 antagonists (e. g.
sarpogrelate), NMDA antagonists (e.g. prodrugs and analogs of
dexanabinol), alpha 1 adrenoceptor antagonists (e. g.
bunazosin), cyclooxygenase inhibitors (e.g. diclofenac, or the
non-steroidal compound nepafenac), inosine, dopamine D2
receptor and alpha 2 adrenoceptor agonists (e. g. talipexole),
dopamine Dl receptor antagonist and D2 receptor agonists (e. g.
SDZ-GLC-756), vasopressin receptor antagonists (e. g.
vasopressin V2 receptor antagonists (e. g. SR-121463)),
endothelin antagonists (e.g. TBC-2576), 1-(3-hydroxy-2-
phosphonylmethoxypropyl;cytosine (HPMPC) and related analogs
and prodrugs, thyroid hormone receptor ligands (e.g. KB-
130015), muscarinic Ml agonists, NMDA-receptor antagonists
(e.g. the cannabinoid NMDA-receptor antagonist dexanabinol), PG
agonists such as the hypotensive lipids, prostamides, sodium
channel blockers, NMDA antagonists, mixed-action ion channel
blockers, beta adrenoceptor antagonist and PGF2 alpha agonist
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
298
combinations (e. g. latanoprost and timo?ol), guanylate cyclase
activators (e. g. atrial natriuretic :peptide (ANP) or non-
peptide mimetics, inhibitors of ANP neutral endopeptidase,
nitrovasodilators (e. g. nitroglycerin, hydrala~ine, sodium
nitroprusside), endothelin receptor modulators (e.g. ET-1 or
non-peptide mimetics, sarafotoxin-S6c), ethacrynic acid, other
phenoxyacetic acid analogs (e. g. indacrinone, ticrynafen),
actin disrupters (e. g. latrunculin), calcium channel blockers
(e.g. verapamil, nifedipine, brovincarline, nivaldipine) and
neuroprotective agents.
A combination therapy for glaucoma, comprising the compound of
1702, and one or more compounds selected from the group
consisting of beta adrenoceptor antagonists, alpha-2
adrenoceptor agonists, carbonic anhydrase inhibitors,
cholinergic agonists and prostaglandin receptor agonists.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutical
composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound 1720 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a packaged
pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated
with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective
amount of the compound 1720; and
(b) instructions for using said compound for
treating said disease in a subject.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
299
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method of
making a composition which comprises the compound 1720, the
method comprising admixing the compound 1702 with a suitable
carrier.
In a further embodiment the i:~vention provides a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt of compound 1720, wherein the
pharmaceutically acceptable salt contains an anion selected
from the group consisting of malefic, fumaric, tartaric,
acetate, phosphate and mesylate.
Exemplification
Example 43: Synthesis of [2-(3H-Imidazol-9-yl)-ethyl]-(2-
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dpyrimidin-4-yl)-amine (1720)
Compound 1720 was synthesized using precursor compound 1 of
synthesis scheme VII to obtain:
25
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
300
N
Ci ~N
H
N
I ~ histamine, DMSO, NH
~N N
~ / H 120°C, 6.5h N ~ \
1 ~ w N,
1720
Aryl chloride 1 (400mg, 1.50mmo1), DMSO (lOmL) and histamine
(1.678, l5.Ommo1) are combined and heated to 120°C under
nitrogen. After 6.5h, the reaction is cooled to room
temperature and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The layers
are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc
(3x). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2x),
dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to yield 494mg of a
brown solid. The solid is washes; with cold MeOH and
recrystallized from MeOH to yield 197mg (430) of an off white
solid (1720). '-H-NMR (CD,OD) d 3.05 (t, 2H, J = 7.OHz), 3.94 (t,
2H, J = 7.OHz), 6.50 (d, 1H, J = 3.5Hz), 6.88 (brs, 1H), 7.04
(d, 1H, J = 3. 5Hz) , 7. 42 (m, 3H) , 7. 57 (s, 1H) , 8 . 34 (m, 2H) ;
MS (ES) : 305.1 (M'+1) ; Mpt = 234-235°C.
Activity of Compounds
Adenosine 3 (A3) receptor competition radio ligand binding was
carried out for compound 1720 as described herein and inter
alia, on pages 153-154 of this specification. Compound 1720 was
found to have an A, receptor binding affinity greater than 10
times that of reference compound 1308 as described herein and,
inter alia, in Table 13, on page 169 of the specification.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
301
Incorporation by Reference
All patents, published patent applications and other references
disclosed herein are hereby expressly .incorporated herein by
reference.
Equivalents
Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to
ascertain, using no more than routine experimentation, many
equivalents to specific embodiments of the invention described
specifically herein. Such equivalents are intended to be
encompassed in the scope of the following claims.
CA 02430577 2003-05-28
WO 02/057267 PCT/USO1/45280
302
This invention further provides compounds having the formula:
RyN~R2
S
N
~Rs
N/ N
H
XI
wherein
R1NR2 together form a ring having the structure:
HO
or
NHZ
N NH2
0
or R1 is H and R2 is
OH
R5 is H, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or
alkylaryl.
